1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
30 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
31 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
32 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // FIXME: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
42 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
43 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
44 #include <algorithm>
45 #include <cstring>
46 #include <functional>
47 using namespace clang;
48 using namespace sema;
49 
50 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
51   if (OwnedType) {
52     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
53     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
54   }
55 
56   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
57 }
58 
59 namespace {
60 
61 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
62  public:
63   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false)
64       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass) {
65     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
66     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
67     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
68   }
69 
70   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
71     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl())
72       return (isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND)) &&
73           (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
74     else
75       return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
76   }
77 
78  private:
79   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
80   bool WantClassName;
81 };
82 
83 }
84 
85 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
86 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
87   switch (Kind) {
88   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
89   // token kind is a valid type specifier
90   case tok::kw_short:
91   case tok::kw_long:
92   case tok::kw___int64:
93   case tok::kw___int128:
94   case tok::kw_signed:
95   case tok::kw_unsigned:
96   case tok::kw_void:
97   case tok::kw_char:
98   case tok::kw_int:
99   case tok::kw_half:
100   case tok::kw_float:
101   case tok::kw_double:
102   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
103   case tok::kw_bool:
104   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
105     return true;
106 
107   case tok::annot_typename:
108   case tok::kw_char16_t:
109   case tok::kw_char32_t:
110   case tok::kw_typeof:
111   case tok::kw_decltype:
112     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
113 
114   default:
115     break;
116   }
117 
118   return false;
119 }
120 
121 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
122 /// return the declaration of that type.
123 ///
124 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
125 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
126 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
127 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
128 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
129 ///
130 /// If name lookup results in an ambiguity, this routine will complain
131 /// and then return NULL.
132 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
133                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
134                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
135                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
136                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
137                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
138                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
139   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
140   DeclContext *LookupCtx = 0;
141   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
142     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
143     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
144       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
145   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
146     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
147 
148     if (!LookupCtx) {
149       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
150         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
151         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
152         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
153         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
154         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
155         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
156         //
157         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
158         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
159         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
160           return ParsedType();
161 
162         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
163         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
164         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
165           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
166 
167         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
168         QualType T =
169           CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
170                             II, NameLoc);
171 
172           return ParsedType::make(T);
173       }
174 
175       return ParsedType();
176     }
177 
178     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
179         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
180       return ParsedType();
181   }
182 
183   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
184   // lookup for class-names.
185   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
186                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
187   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
188   if (LookupCtx) {
189     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
190     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
191     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
192     // nested-name-specifier.
193     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
194 
195     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
196       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
197       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
198       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
199       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
200       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
201       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
202       LookupName(Result, S);
203     }
204   } else {
205     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
206     LookupName(Result, S);
207   }
208 
209   NamedDecl *IIDecl = 0;
210   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
211   case LookupResult::NotFound:
212   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
213     if (CorrectedII) {
214       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
215       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
216                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator);
217       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
218       TemplateTy Template;
219       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
220       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
221       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
222       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
223       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
224       if (SS && NNS) {
225         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
226         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
227       }
228       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
229           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
230           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
231           // is handled elsewhere).
232           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
233             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
234                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
235         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
236                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
237                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
238                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
239         if (Ty) {
240           std::string CorrectedStr(Correction.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
241           std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(
242               Correction.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
243           Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
244               << Result.getLookupName() << CorrectedQuotedStr << isClassName
245               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc),
246                                               CorrectedStr);
247           if (NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Correction.getCorrectionDecl())
248             Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
249               << CorrectedQuotedStr;
250 
251           if (SS && NNS)
252             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
253           *CorrectedII = NewII;
254           return Ty;
255         }
256       }
257     }
258     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
259   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
260   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
261     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
262     return ParsedType();
263 
264   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
265     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
266     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
267     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
268     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
269     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
270     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
271       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
272       return ParsedType();
273     }
274 
275     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
276     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
277          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
278       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
279         if (!IIDecl ||
280             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
281               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
282           IIDecl = *Res;
283       }
284     }
285 
286     if (!IIDecl) {
287       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
288       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
289       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
290       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
291       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
292       // a type name.
293       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
294       return ParsedType();
295     }
296 
297     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
298     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
299     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
300     // perform the name lookup again.
301     break;
302 
303   case LookupResult::Found:
304     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
305     break;
306   }
307 
308   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
309 
310   QualType T;
311   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
312     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
313 
314     if (T.isNull())
315       T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
316 
317     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
318     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
319     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
320     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
321       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
322         // Construct a type with type-source information.
323         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
324         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
325 
326         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
327         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
328         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
329         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
330         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
331       } else {
332         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
333       }
334     }
335   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
336     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
337     if (!HasTrailingDot)
338       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
339   }
340 
341   if (T.isNull()) {
342     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
343     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
344     return ParsedType();
345   }
346   return ParsedType::make(T);
347 }
348 
349 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
350 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
351 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
352 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
353 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
354 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
355   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
356   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
357   LookupName(R, S, false);
358   R.suppressDiagnostics();
359   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
360     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
361       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
362       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
363       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
364       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
365       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
366       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
367       }
368     }
369 
370   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
371 }
372 
373 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
374 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
375 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
376 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
377 /// @code
378 /// template<class T> class A {
379 /// public:
380 ///   typedef int TYPE;
381 /// };
382 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
383 /// public:
384 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
385 /// };
386 /// @endcode
387 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
388   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
389     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
390 
391     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
392     for (CXXRecordDecl::base_class_const_iterator Base = RD->bases_begin(),
393           BaseEnd = RD->bases_end(); Base != BaseEnd; ++Base)
394       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base->getType()))
395         return true;
396     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
397   }
398   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
399 }
400 
401 bool Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
402                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
403                                    Scope *S,
404                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
405                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType) {
406   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
407   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
408 
409   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
410   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
411   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false);
412   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
413                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
414                                              Validator)) {
415     std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
416     std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
417 
418     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
419       // We corrected to a keyword.
420       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
421       if (!isSimpleTypeSpecifier(NewII->getTokenID()))
422         CorrectedQuotedStr = "the keyword " + CorrectedQuotedStr;
423       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
424         << II << CorrectedQuotedStr
425         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
426       II = NewII;
427     } else {
428       NamedDecl *Result = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
429       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
430       if (!SS || !SS->isSet())
431         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
432           << II << CorrectedQuotedStr
433           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(IILoc), CorrectedStr);
434       else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
435         Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
436           << II << DC << CorrectedQuotedStr << SS->getRange()
437           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(),
438                                           CorrectedStr);
439       else
440         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
441 
442       Diag(Result->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
443         << CorrectedQuotedStr;
444 
445       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Result->getIdentifier(), IILoc, S, SS,
446                                   false, false, ParsedType(),
447                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
448                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
449     }
450     return true;
451   }
452 
453   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
454     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
455     UnqualifiedId Name;
456     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
457     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
458     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
459     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
460     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
461                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
462                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
463       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.getAsVal<TemplateName>();
464       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
465       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
466         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
467           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
468       }
469       return true;
470     }
471   }
472 
473   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
474   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
475 
476   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
477     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
478   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
479     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
480       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
481   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
482     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
483     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
484       DiagID = diag::warn_typename_missing;
485 
486     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
487       << (NestedNameSpecifier *)SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
488       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
489       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
490     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
491                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
492   } else {
493     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
494            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
495   }
496 
497   return true;
498 }
499 
500 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
501 /// or
502 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
503   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
504                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
505 
506   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
507     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
508       return true;
509 
510     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
511       return true;
512   }
513 
514   return false;
515 }
516 
517 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
518                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
519                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
520                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
521   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
522   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
523   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
524     const char *TagName = 0;
525     const char *FixItTagName = 0;
526     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
527       case TTK_Class:
528         TagName = "class";
529         FixItTagName = "class ";
530         break;
531 
532       case TTK_Enum:
533         TagName = "enum";
534         FixItTagName = "enum ";
535         break;
536 
537       case TTK_Struct:
538         TagName = "struct";
539         FixItTagName = "struct ";
540         break;
541 
542       case TTK_Interface:
543         TagName = "__interface";
544         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
545         break;
546 
547       case TTK_Union:
548         TagName = "union";
549         FixItTagName = "union ";
550         break;
551     }
552 
553     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
554       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
555       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
556 
557     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
558          I != IEnd; ++I)
559       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
560         << Name << TagName;
561 
562     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
563     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
564     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
565     return true;
566   }
567 
568   return false;
569 }
570 
571 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
572 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
573                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
574   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
575 
576   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
577   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
578 
579   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
580   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
581   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
582   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
583   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
584 }
585 
586 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
587                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
588                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
589                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
590                                             const Token &NextToken,
591                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand,
592                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
593   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
594   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
595 
596   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
597     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
598                                 QualType(), false, SS, 0, false);
599 
600   }
601 
602   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
603   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
604 
605   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
606   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
607   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
608   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
609   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
610     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
611     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
612       return E;
613   }
614 
615   bool SecondTry = false;
616   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
617 
618 Corrected:
619   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
620   case LookupResult::NotFound:
621     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
622     // call.
623     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
624       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
625       // FIXME: Reference?
626       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
627         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
628 
629       // C90 6.3.2.2:
630       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
631       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
632       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
633       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
634       //   the function call, the declaration
635       //
636       //     extern int identifier ();
637       //
638       //   appeared.
639       //
640       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
641       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
642         Result.addDecl(D);
643         Result.resolveKind();
644         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
645       }
646     }
647 
648     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
649     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
650     // "struct", or "union".
651     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
652         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
653       break;
654     }
655 
656     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
657     // close to this name.
658     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
659       SecondTry = true;
660       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
661                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
662                                                  &SS, *CCC)) {
663         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
664         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
665         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
666         std::string CorrectedQuotedStr(Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts()));
667 
668         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
669         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
670           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : 0;
671         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
672             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
673           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
674           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
675         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
676                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
677                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
678                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
679           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
680           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
681         }
682 
683         if (SS.isEmpty())
684           Diag(NameLoc, UnqualifiedDiag)
685             << Name << CorrectedQuotedStr
686             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(NameLoc, CorrectedStr);
687         else // FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
688           Diag(NameLoc, QualifiedDiag)
689             << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) << CorrectedQuotedStr
690             << SS.getRange()
691             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Corrected.getCorrectionRange(),
692                                             CorrectedStr);
693 
694         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
695         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
696 
697         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
698         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
699           return Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
700 
701         // Also update the LookupResult...
702         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
703         Result.clear();
704         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
705         if (FirstDecl) {
706           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
707           Diag(FirstDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
708             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
709         }
710 
711         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
712         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
713         // reference the ivar.
714         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
715         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
716           Result.clear();
717           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
718           return E;
719         }
720 
721         goto Corrected;
722       }
723     }
724 
725     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
726     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
727     return NameClassification::Unknown();
728 
729   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
730     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
731     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
732     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
733 
734     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
735     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
736     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
737     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
738     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
739     //
740     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
741     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
742     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
743     // keyword here.
744     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
745                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
746                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/0);
747   }
748 
749   case LookupResult::Found:
750   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
751   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
752     break;
753 
754   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
755     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
756         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
757       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
758       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
759       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
760       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
761       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
762       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
763       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
764       //   ambiguous.
765       //
766       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
767       // so try again after filtering out template names.
768       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
769       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
770         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
771         break;
772       }
773     }
774 
775     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
776     return NameClassification::Error();
777   }
778 
779   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
780       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
781     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
782     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
783     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
784     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
785     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
786     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
787     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
788       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
789 
790     if (!Result.empty()) {
791       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
792       TemplateName Template;
793       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
794         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
795         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
796                                                      Result.end());
797       } else {
798         TemplateDecl *TD
799           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
800         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
801 
802         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
803           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
804                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
805                                                       TD);
806         else
807           Template = TemplateName(TD);
808       }
809 
810       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
811         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
812         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
813         // to based on which function we selected.
814         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
815 
816         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
817       }
818 
819       return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
820     }
821   }
822 
823   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
824   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
825     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
826     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
827     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
828       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
829     return ParsedType::make(T);
830   }
831 
832   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
833   if (!Class) {
834     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
835     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias
836                                 = dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
837       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
838   }
839 
840   if (Class) {
841     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
842 
843     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
844       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
845       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
846       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
847       return NameClassification::Unknown();
848     }
849 
850     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
851     return ParsedType::make(T);
852   }
853 
854   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
855   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
856     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
857         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
858 
859   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
860   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
861   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
862   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
863        (NextIsOp && FirstDecl->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
864       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
865     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
866     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
867     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
868     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
869       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
870     return ParsedType::make(T);
871   }
872 
873   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
874     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 0);
875 
876   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
877   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
878 }
879 
880 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
881 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
882 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
883 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
884 
885   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
886   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
887   // the context we'll need to return to.
888   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC)) {
889     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
890 
891     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
892     // lexical context.
893     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
894       return DC;
895 
896     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
897     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
898     // class is the context we need to return to.
899     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
900       DC = RD;
901 
902     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
903     // declared in.
904     return DC;
905   }
906 
907   return DC->getLexicalParent();
908 }
909 
910 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
911   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
912       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
913   CurContext = DC;
914   S->setEntity(DC);
915 }
916 
917 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
918   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
919 
920   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
921   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
922 }
923 
924 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
925 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
926 ///
927 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
928   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
929   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
930   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
931   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
932   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
933   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
934   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
935   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
936   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
937   //   namespace.
938   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
939   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
940   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
941   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
942   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
943 
944   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
945 
946 #ifndef NDEBUG
947   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
948   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
949   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
950 #endif
951 
952   CurContext = DC;
953   S->setEntity(DC);
954 }
955 
956 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
957   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
958 
959   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
960   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
961   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
962   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
963   CurContext = (DeclContext*) Ancestor->getEntity();
964 
965   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
966   // disappear.
967 }
968 
969 
970 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
971   FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
972   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *TFD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) {
973     // We assume that the caller has already called
974     // ActOnReenterTemplateScope
975     FD = TFD->getTemplatedDecl();
976   }
977   if (!FD)
978     return;
979 
980   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
981   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
982   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
983     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
984   CurContext = FD;
985   S->setEntity(CurContext);
986 
987   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
988     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
989     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
990     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
991       S->AddDecl(Param);
992       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
993     }
994   }
995 }
996 
997 
998 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
999   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1000   // rather than the top-level class.
1001   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1002   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1003   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1004 }
1005 
1006 
1007 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1008 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1009 ///
1010 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1011 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1012 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1013 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1014 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1015 /// attribute.
1016 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1017                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1018   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1019     return true;
1020 
1021   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1022     return true;
1023 
1024   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1025           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1026 }
1027 
1028 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1029 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1030   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1031   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1032   // scope.
1033   while (S->getEntity() &&
1034          ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext())
1035     S = S->getParent();
1036 
1037   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1038   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1039   // into any context.
1040   if (AddToContext)
1041     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1042 
1043   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++.
1044   // Out-of-line variable and function definitions shouldn't even in C.
1045   if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) &&
1046       D->isOutOfLine() &&
1047       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1048         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
1049     return;
1050 
1051   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1052   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1053       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1054     return;
1055 
1056   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1057   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1058                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1059   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1060     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1061       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1062       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1063 
1064       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1065       break;
1066     }
1067   }
1068 
1069   S->AddDecl(D);
1070 
1071   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1072     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1073     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1074     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1075     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1076       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1077       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1078         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1079           continue;
1080       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1081         break;
1082     }
1083 
1084     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1085   } else {
1086     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1087   }
1088 }
1089 
1090 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1091   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1092     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1093 }
1094 
1095 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *&D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1096                          bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1097   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S,
1098                                   ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization);
1099 }
1100 
1101 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1102   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1103   do {
1104     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = (DeclContext*) S->getEntity())
1105       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1106         return S;
1107   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1108 
1109   return 0;
1110 }
1111 
1112 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1113                                             DeclContext*,
1114                                             ASTContext&);
1115 
1116 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1117 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1118 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R,
1119                                 DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1120                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1121                                 bool ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization) {
1122   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1123   while (F.hasNext()) {
1124     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1125 
1126     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization))
1127       continue;
1128 
1129     if (ConsiderLinkage &&
1130         isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1131       continue;
1132 
1133     F.erase();
1134   }
1135 
1136   F.done();
1137 }
1138 
1139 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1140   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1141          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1142          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1143 }
1144 
1145 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1146 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1147   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1148   while (F.hasNext())
1149     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1150       F.erase();
1151 
1152   F.done();
1153 }
1154 
1155 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1156 /// @code
1157 /// class S {
1158 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1159 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1160 /// };
1161 /// @endcode
1162 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1163   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1164   // the decl here.
1165   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1166     return false;
1167 
1168   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1169     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1170   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1171     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1172   return false;
1173 }
1174 
1175 // We need this to handle
1176 //
1177 // typedef struct {
1178 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1179 // } A;
1180 //
1181 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1182 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1183 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know untill we get to the end
1184 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non external linkage.
1185 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1186 // not.
1187 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1188   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1189   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1190     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1191       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1192         return true;
1193     }
1194     DC = DC->getParent();
1195   }
1196 
1197   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1198 }
1199 
1200 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1201   assert(D);
1202 
1203   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1204     return false;
1205 
1206   // Ignore class templates.
1207   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1208       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1209     return false;
1210 
1211   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1212     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1213       return false;
1214 
1215     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1216       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1217         return false;
1218     } else {
1219       // 'static inline' functions are used in headers; don't warn.
1220       // Make sure we get the storage class from the canonical declaration,
1221       // since otherwise we will get spurious warnings on specialized
1222       // static template functions.
1223       if (FD->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
1224           FD->isInlineSpecified())
1225         return false;
1226     }
1227 
1228     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1229         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1230       return false;
1231   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1232     // Don't warn on variables of const-qualified or reference type, since their
1233     // values can be used even if though they're not odr-used, and because const
1234     // qualified variables can appear in headers in contexts where they're not
1235     // intended to be used.
1236     // FIXME: Use more principled rules for these exemptions.
1237     if (!VD->isFileVarDecl() ||
1238         VD->getType().isConstQualified() ||
1239         VD->getType()->isReferenceType() ||
1240         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1241       return false;
1242 
1243     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1244         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1245       return false;
1246 
1247   } else {
1248     return false;
1249   }
1250 
1251   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1252   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1253 }
1254 
1255 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1256   if (!D)
1257     return;
1258 
1259   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1260     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDeclaration();
1261     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1262       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1263   }
1264 
1265   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1266     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDeclaration();
1267     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1268       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1269   }
1270 
1271   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1272     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1273 }
1274 
1275 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1276   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1277     return false;
1278 
1279   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1280     return false;
1281 
1282   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1283     return true;
1284 
1285   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1286   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1287       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1288     return false;
1289 
1290   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1291   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1292 
1293     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1294     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1295 
1296     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1297     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1298       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1299         return false;
1300     }
1301 
1302     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1303     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1304     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1305       return false;
1306 
1307     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1308       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1309       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1310         return false;
1311 
1312       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1313         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor())
1314           return false;
1315 
1316         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1317           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1318             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1319           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1320             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1321           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1322             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1323             if (!CD->isTrivial())
1324               return false;
1325           }
1326         }
1327       }
1328     }
1329 
1330     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1331   }
1332 
1333   return true;
1334 }
1335 
1336 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1337                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1338   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1339     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1340                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1341     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1342       return;
1343     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1344                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1345   }
1346   return;
1347 }
1348 
1349 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1350 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1351 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1352   FixItHint Hint;
1353   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1354     return;
1355 
1356   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1357 
1358   unsigned DiagID;
1359   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1360     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1361   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1362     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1363   else
1364     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1365 
1366   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1367 }
1368 
1369 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1370   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1371   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1372   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1373   if (L->getStmt() == 0)
1374     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1375 }
1376 
1377 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1378   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1379   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1380          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1381 
1382   for (Scope::decl_iterator I = S->decl_begin(), E = S->decl_end();
1383        I != E; ++I) {
1384     Decl *TmpD = (*I);
1385     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1386 
1387     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1388     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1389 
1390     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1391 
1392     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1393     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred())
1394       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1395 
1396     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1397     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1398       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1399 
1400     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1401     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1402   }
1403 }
1404 
1405 void Sema::ActOnStartFunctionDeclarator() {
1406   ++InFunctionDeclarator;
1407 }
1408 
1409 void Sema::ActOnEndFunctionDeclarator() {
1410   assert(InFunctionDeclarator);
1411   --InFunctionDeclarator;
1412 }
1413 
1414 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1415 ///
1416 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1417 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1418 /// to the fixed name.
1419 ///
1420 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1421 ///
1422 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1423 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1424 ///
1425 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1426 /// class could not be found.
1427 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1428                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1429                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1430   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1431   // creation from this context.
1432   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1433 
1434   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1435     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1436     // find an Objective-C class name.
1437     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1438     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1439                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, NULL,
1440                                        Validator)) {
1441       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1442       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_undef_interface_suggest)
1443         << Id << IDecl->getDeclName()
1444         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(IdLoc, IDecl->getNameAsString());
1445       Diag(IDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
1446         << IDecl->getDeclName();
1447 
1448       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1449     }
1450   }
1451   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1452   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1453   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1454       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1455   return Def;
1456 }
1457 
1458 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1459 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1460 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1461 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1462 /// ill-formed in C++:
1463 /// @code
1464 /// struct S6 {
1465 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1466 /// };
1467 ///
1468 /// void test_S6() {
1469 ///   struct S6 a;
1470 ///   a.e = BAR;
1471 /// }
1472 /// @endcode
1473 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1474 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1475 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1476 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1477 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1478 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1479 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1480 /// contain non-field names.
1481 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1482   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1483          (S->getEntity() &&
1484           ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()) ||
1485          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1486     S = S->getParent();
1487   return S;
1488 }
1489 
1490 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1491 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1492 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1493 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1494 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1495                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1496   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1497     return;
1498   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1499 
1500   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1501                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1502   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1503   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1504     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1505       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1506 }
1507 
1508 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1509 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1510 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1511 /// built-in.
1512 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1513                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1514                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1515   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1516 
1517   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1518 
1519   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1520   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1521   switch (Error) {
1522   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1523     // Okay
1524     break;
1525 
1526   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1527     if (ForRedeclaration)
1528       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_stdio)
1529         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1530     return 0;
1531 
1532   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1533     if (ForRedeclaration)
1534       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_setjmp)
1535         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1536     return 0;
1537 
1538   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1539     if (ForRedeclaration)
1540       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_ucontext)
1541         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1542     return 0;
1543   }
1544 
1545   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1546     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1547       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1548       << R;
1549     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1550         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)
1551           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
1552       Diag(Loc, diag::note_please_include_header)
1553         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1554         << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1555   }
1556 
1557   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1558                                            Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
1559                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/0,
1560                                            SC_Extern,
1561                                            false,
1562                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1563   New->setImplicit();
1564 
1565   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1566   // FunctionDecl.
1567   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1568     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1569     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumArgs(); i != e; ++i) {
1570       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1571         ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
1572                             SourceLocation(), 0,
1573                             FT->getArgType(i), /*TInfo=*/0,
1574                             SC_None, 0);
1575       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1576       Params.push_back(parm);
1577     }
1578     New->setParams(Params);
1579   }
1580 
1581   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1582 
1583   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1584   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1585   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1586   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1587   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1588   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1589   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1590   CurContext = SavedContext;
1591   return New;
1592 }
1593 
1594 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1595 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1596 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1597 /// entity.
1598 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context,
1599                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1600                                               LookupResult &previous){
1601   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1602   if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1603     return;
1604 
1605   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1606   if (previous.empty())
1607     return;
1608 
1609   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1610   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1611     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1612 
1613     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1614     if (!old->isHidden())
1615       continue;
1616 
1617     if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1618       filter.erase();
1619   }
1620 
1621   filter.done();
1622 }
1623 
1624 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1625   QualType OldType;
1626   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1627     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1628   else
1629     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1630   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1631 
1632   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1633     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1634     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1635     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1636       << Kind << NewType;
1637     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1638       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1639     New->setInvalidDecl();
1640     return true;
1641   }
1642 
1643   if (OldType != NewType &&
1644       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1645       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1646       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1647     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1648     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1649       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1650     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1651       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1652     New->setInvalidDecl();
1653     return true;
1654   }
1655   return false;
1656 }
1657 
1658 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1659 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1660 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1661 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1662 ///
1663 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1664   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1665   // merging checks.
1666   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1667 
1668   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1669   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1670   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1671     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1672     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1673     default: break;
1674     case 2:
1675       {
1676         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1677           break;
1678         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1679         if (!T->isPointerType())
1680           break;
1681         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1682           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1683           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1684             break;
1685         }
1686         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1687         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1688         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1689         return;
1690       }
1691     case 5:
1692       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1693         break;
1694       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1695       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1696       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1697       return;
1698     case 3:
1699       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1700         break;
1701       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1702       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1703       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1704       return;
1705     }
1706     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1707   }
1708 
1709   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1710   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1711   if (!Old) {
1712     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1713       << New->getDeclName();
1714 
1715     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1716     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1717       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1718 
1719     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1720   }
1721 
1722   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1723   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1724     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1725 
1726   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1727   // with any extensions enabled.
1728   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1729     return;
1730 
1731   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain if the old
1732   // declaration was a typedef.
1733   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1734     New->setPreviousDeclaration(Typedef);
1735 
1736   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1737     return;
1738 
1739   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1740     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1741     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1742     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1743     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1744     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1745       return;
1746 
1747     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1748     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1749     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1750     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1751     //
1752     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1753     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1754     //
1755     //   struct S {
1756     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1757     //   };
1758     //
1759     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1760     // allow the above but disallow
1761     //
1762     //   struct S {
1763     //     typedef int I;
1764     //     typedef int I;
1765     //   };
1766     //
1767     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1768     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1769       return;
1770 
1771     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1772       << New->getDeclName();
1773     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1774     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1775   }
1776 
1777   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1778   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1779     return;
1780 
1781   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1782   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1783   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1784   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1785   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1786       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1787        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1788     return;
1789 
1790   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefinition_of_typedef)
1791     << New->getDeclName();
1792   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1793   return;
1794 }
1795 
1796 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1797 /// attribute.
1798 static bool
1799 DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1800   // There can be multiple AvailabilityAttr in a Decl. Make sure we copy
1801   // all of them. It is mergeAvailabilityAttr in SemaDeclAttr.cpp that is
1802   // responsible for making sure they are consistent.
1803   const AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(A);
1804   if (AA)
1805     return false;
1806 
1807   // The following thread safety attributes can also be duplicated.
1808   switch (A->getKind()) {
1809     case attr::ExclusiveLocksRequired:
1810     case attr::SharedLocksRequired:
1811     case attr::LocksExcluded:
1812     case attr::ExclusiveLockFunction:
1813     case attr::SharedLockFunction:
1814     case attr::UnlockFunction:
1815     case attr::ExclusiveTrylockFunction:
1816     case attr::SharedTrylockFunction:
1817     case attr::GuardedBy:
1818     case attr::PtGuardedBy:
1819     case attr::AcquiredBefore:
1820     case attr::AcquiredAfter:
1821       return false;
1822     default:
1823       ;
1824   }
1825 
1826   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1827   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1828   for (Decl::attr_iterator i = D->attr_begin(), e = D->attr_end(); i != e; ++i)
1829     if ((*i)->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1830       if (Ann) {
1831         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(*i)->getAnnotation())
1832           return true;
1833         continue;
1834       }
1835       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1836       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(*i))
1837         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(*i)->getOwnKind();
1838       return true;
1839     }
1840 
1841   return false;
1842 }
1843 
1844 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
1845   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1846     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
1847   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1848     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
1849   return true;
1850 }
1851 
1852 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
1853 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
1854 ///
1855 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
1856 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
1857   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
1858   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
1859   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = 0;
1860   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = 0;
1861   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
1862   for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr>
1863          I = Old->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(),
1864          E = Old->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) {
1865     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
1866     // in a case like:
1867     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
1868     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
1869     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
1870     // definition in such a case.
1871     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1872       return false;
1873 
1874     if (I->isAlignas())
1875       OldAlignasAttr = *I;
1876 
1877     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1878     if (Align > OldAlign) {
1879       OldAlign = Align;
1880       OldStrictestAlignAttr = *I;
1881     }
1882   }
1883 
1884   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
1885   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = 0;
1886   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
1887   for (specific_attr_iterator<AlignedAttr>
1888          I = New->specific_attr_begin<AlignedAttr>(),
1889          E = New->specific_attr_end<AlignedAttr>(); I != E; ++I) {
1890     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1891       return false;
1892 
1893     if (I->isAlignas())
1894       NewAlignasAttr = *I;
1895 
1896     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1897     if (Align > NewAlign)
1898       NewAlign = Align;
1899   }
1900 
1901   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1902     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
1903     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
1904     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
1905     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
1906 
1907     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
1908     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
1909     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
1910       QualType Ty;
1911       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
1912         Ty = VD->getType();
1913       else
1914         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
1915 
1916       if (OldAlign == 0)
1917         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1918       if (NewAlign == 0)
1919         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1920     }
1921 
1922     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1923       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
1924         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
1925         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
1926       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1927     }
1928   }
1929 
1930   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
1931     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
1932     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
1933     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
1934     //   equivalent alignment.
1935     // C11 6.7.5/7:
1936     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
1937     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
1938     //   have no alignment specifier.
1939     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
1940       << OldAlignasAttr->isC11();
1941     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
1942       << OldAlignasAttr->isC11();
1943   }
1944 
1945   bool AnyAdded = false;
1946 
1947   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
1948   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
1949     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
1950     Clone->setInherited(true);
1951     New->addAttr(Clone);
1952     AnyAdded = true;
1953   }
1954 
1955   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
1956   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
1957       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
1958     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
1959     Clone->setInherited(true);
1960     New->addAttr(Clone);
1961     AnyAdded = true;
1962   }
1963 
1964   return AnyAdded;
1965 }
1966 
1967 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, InheritableAttr *Attr,
1968                                bool Override) {
1969   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = NULL;
1970   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
1971   if (AvailabilityAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
1972     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
1973                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
1974                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
1975                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
1976                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
1977   else if (VisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1978     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1979                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
1980   else if (TypeVisibilityAttr *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
1981     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
1982                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
1983   else if (DLLImportAttr *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
1984     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
1985                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
1986   else if (DLLExportAttr *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
1987     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
1988                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
1989   else if (FormatAttr *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
1990     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
1991                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
1992                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
1993   else if (SectionAttr *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
1994     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
1995                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
1996   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
1997     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
1998     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
1999     NewAttr = 0;
2000   else if (!DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2001     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2002 
2003   if (NewAttr) {
2004     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2005     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2006     return true;
2007   }
2008 
2009   return false;
2010 }
2011 
2012 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2013   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2014     return TD->getDefinition();
2015   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2016     return VD->getDefinition();
2017   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2018     const FunctionDecl* Def;
2019     if (FD->hasBody(Def))
2020       return Def;
2021   }
2022   return NULL;
2023 }
2024 
2025 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2026   for (Decl::attr_iterator I = D->attr_begin(), E = D->attr_end();
2027        I != E; ++I) {
2028     Attr *Attribute = *I;
2029     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2030       return true;
2031   }
2032   return false;
2033 }
2034 
2035 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2036 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2037 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2038   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2039     return;
2040 
2041   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2042   if (!Def || Def == New)
2043     return;
2044 
2045   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2046   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2047     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2048     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2049       ++I;
2050       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2051     }
2052 
2053     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2054       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2055       ++I;
2056       continue;
2057     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2058       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2059         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2060         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2061         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2062         //   equivalent alignment.
2063         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2064         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2065         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2066         //   have no alignment specifier.
2067         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2068           << AA->isC11();
2069         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2070           << AA->isC11();
2071         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2072         --E;
2073         continue;
2074       }
2075     }
2076 
2077     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2078            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2079     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2080     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2081     --E;
2082   }
2083 }
2084 
2085 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2086 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2087                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2088   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2089     return;
2090 
2091   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2092   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2093 
2094   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2095     return;
2096 
2097   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2098 
2099   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2100   // we process them.
2101   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2102 
2103   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableAttr>
2104          i = Old->specific_attr_begin<InheritableAttr>(),
2105          e = Old->specific_attr_end<InheritableAttr>();
2106        i != e; ++i) {
2107     bool Override = false;
2108     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2109     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(*i) ||
2110         isa<UnavailableAttr>(*i) ||
2111         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(*i)) {
2112       switch (AMK) {
2113       case AMK_None:
2114         continue;
2115 
2116       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2117         break;
2118 
2119       case AMK_Override:
2120         Override = true;
2121         break;
2122       }
2123     }
2124 
2125     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, *i, Override))
2126       foundAny = true;
2127   }
2128 
2129   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2130     foundAny = true;
2131 
2132   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2133 }
2134 
2135 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2136 /// to the new one.
2137 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2138                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2139                                      Sema &S) {
2140   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2141   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2142   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2143   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2144   if (newDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() &&
2145       !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2146     S.Diag(newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(),
2147            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2148     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2149     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2150     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2151       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDeclaration();
2152     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2153       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2154     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2155            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2156   }
2157 
2158   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2159     return;
2160 
2161   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2162 
2163   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2164   // done before we process them.
2165   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2166 
2167   for (specific_attr_iterator<InheritableParamAttr>
2168        i = oldDecl->specific_attr_begin<InheritableParamAttr>(),
2169        e = oldDecl->specific_attr_end<InheritableParamAttr>(); i != e; ++i) {
2170     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, *i)) {
2171       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2172         cast<InheritableParamAttr>((*i)->clone(S.Context));
2173       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2174       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2175       foundAny = true;
2176     }
2177   }
2178 
2179   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2180 }
2181 
2182 namespace {
2183 
2184 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2185 /// C.
2186 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2187   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2188   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2189   QualType PromotedType;
2190 };
2191 
2192 }
2193 
2194 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2195 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2196   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2197     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2198       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2199 
2200     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2201       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2202 
2203     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2204       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2205   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2206     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2207   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2208     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2209   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2210     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2211   }
2212 
2213   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2214 }
2215 
2216 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2217 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2218 /// GNU89 mode.
2219 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2220                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2221   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2222           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2223           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2224           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2225 }
2226 
2227 /// Is the given calling convention the ABI default for the given
2228 /// declaration?
2229 static bool isABIDefaultCC(Sema &S, CallingConv CC, FunctionDecl *D) {
2230   CallingConv ABIDefaultCC;
2231   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(D) && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)->isInstance()) {
2232     ABIDefaultCC = S.Context.getDefaultCXXMethodCallConv(D->isVariadic());
2233   } else {
2234     // Free C function or a static method.
2235     ABIDefaultCC = (S.Context.getLangOpts().MRTD ? CC_X86StdCall : CC_C);
2236   }
2237   return ABIDefaultCC == CC;
2238 }
2239 
2240 template <typename T>
2241 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2242   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2243   if (DC->isRecord())
2244     return false;
2245 
2246   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2247   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2248     return true;
2249   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2250     return true;
2251   return false;
2252 }
2253 
2254 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2255 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2256 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2257 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2258 ///
2259 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2260 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2261 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2262 /// merged with.
2263 ///
2264 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2265 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, Decl *OldD, Scope *S) {
2266   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2267   FunctionDecl *Old = 0;
2268   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldFunctionTemplate
2269         = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldD))
2270     Old = OldFunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2271   else
2272     Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldD);
2273   if (!Old) {
2274     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2275       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2276         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2277         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2278              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2279         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2280              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2281         return true;
2282       }
2283 
2284       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2285       Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2286            diag::note_using_decl_target);
2287       Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2288            diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2289       return true;
2290     }
2291 
2292     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2293       << New->getDeclName();
2294     Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2295     return true;
2296   }
2297 
2298   // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition,
2299   // implicit declaration, or a declaration.
2300   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2301   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2302     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2303   else if (Old->isImplicit())
2304     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2305   else
2306     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2307 
2308   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2309   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2310 
2311   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2312   // is an extern inline function.
2313   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2314   // storage classes.
2315   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2316       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2317       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2318       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2319       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2320     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2321       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_static_non_static) << New;
2322       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2323     } else {
2324       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2325       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2326       return true;
2327     }
2328   }
2329 
2330   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is
2331   // later declared or defined without one, the second decl assumes the
2332   // calling convention of the first.
2333   //
2334   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2335   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2336   //
2337   // For the new decl, we have to look at the NON-canonical type to tell the
2338   // difference between a function that really doesn't have a calling
2339   // convention and one that is declared cdecl. That's because in
2340   // canonicalization (see ASTContext.cpp), cdecl is canonicalized away
2341   // because it is the default calling convention.
2342   //
2343   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2344   // other tests to run.
2345   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2346   const FunctionType *NewType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2347   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2348   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2349   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2350   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2351     // Fast path: nothing to do.
2352 
2353   // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2354   // there but not here.
2355   } else if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default) {
2356     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2357     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2358 
2359   // Don't complain about mismatches when the default CC is
2360   // effectively the same as the explict one. Only Old decl contains correct
2361   // information about storage class of CXXMethod.
2362   } else if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default &&
2363              isABIDefaultCC(*this, NewTypeInfo.getCC(), Old)) {
2364     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2365     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2366 
2367   } else if (!Context.isSameCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC(),
2368                                      NewTypeInfo.getCC())) {
2369     // Calling conventions really aren't compatible, so complain.
2370     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2371       << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2372       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default)
2373       << (OldTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_Default ? "" :
2374           FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()));
2375     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2376     return true;
2377   }
2378 
2379   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2380   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2381     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2382     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2383   }
2384 
2385   // Merge regparm attribute.
2386   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2387       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2388     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2389       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2390         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2391         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2392       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2393       return true;
2394     }
2395 
2396     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2397     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2398   }
2399 
2400   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2401   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2402     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2403       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2404       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2405       return true;
2406     }
2407 
2408     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2409     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2410   }
2411 
2412   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2413     NewType = Context.adjustFunctionType(NewType, NewTypeInfo);
2414     New->setType(QualType(NewType, 0));
2415     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2416   }
2417 
2418   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2419   // UndefinedButUsed.
2420   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2421       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2422       (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) &&
2423       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2424       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2425     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2426                                            SourceLocation()));
2427 
2428   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2429   // about it.
2430   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2431       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2432     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2433   }
2434 
2435   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2436     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2437     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2438     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2439     //        cannot be overloaded.
2440 
2441     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2442     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p??:
2443     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2444     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2445     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2446     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2447       ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2448       : OldType)->getResultType();
2449     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2450       ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2451       : NewType)->getResultType();
2452     QualType ResQT;
2453     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType)) {
2454       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2455           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2456         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2457       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2458         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2459           Diag(New->getLocation(),
2460                diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) << New;
2461         else
2462           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type);
2463         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2464         return true;
2465       }
2466       else
2467         NewQType = ResQT;
2468     }
2469 
2470     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getResultType();
2471     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getResultType();
2472     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2473       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2474       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2475       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getResultType()->getContainedAutoType();
2476       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2477         New->setType(SubstAutoType(New->getType(), OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2478         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2479             SubstAutoType(NewQType, OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2480       }
2481     }
2482 
2483     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2484     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2485     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2486       // Preserve triviality.
2487       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2488 
2489       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2490       // 2 CXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2491       // We don't want a redeclartion error.
2492       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2493                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2494                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2495       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2496 
2497       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2498           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2499         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2500         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2501         //       is a static member function declaration.
2502         if (OldMethod->isStatic() || NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2503           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2504           Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2505           return true;
2506         }
2507 
2508         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2509         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2510         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2511         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2512         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2513           unsigned NewDiag;
2514           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2515             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2516           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2517             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2518           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2519             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2520           else
2521             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2522 
2523           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2524         } else {
2525           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2526             << New << New->getType();
2527         }
2528         Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2529 
2530       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2531       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2532       //
2533       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2534       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2535       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2536         if (isFriend) {
2537           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2538         } else {
2539           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2540                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2541             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2542           return true;
2543         }
2544       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2545         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2546              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2547           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2548         return true;
2549       }
2550     }
2551 
2552     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2553     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2554     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2555     //   attribute.
2556     if (New->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>() &&
2557         !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2558       Diag(New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()->getLocation(),
2559            diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2560       Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(),
2561            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2562     }
2563 
2564     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2565     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2566     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2567     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2568     if (New->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>() &&
2569         !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2570       Diag(New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()->getLocation(),
2571            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2572       Diag(Old->getFirstDeclaration()->getLocation(),
2573            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2574     }
2575 
2576     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2577     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2578     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2579     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2580 
2581     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2582     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2583     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2584       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2585       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2586         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2587       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2588       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2589     }
2590 
2591     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2592       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2593       Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag);
2594       return true;
2595     }
2596 
2597     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2598       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2599 
2600     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2601   }
2602 
2603   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2604   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2605   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2606       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2607     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2608     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2609     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = 0;
2610     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2611         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2612       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2613       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2614       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2615       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2616                                                  OldProto->arg_type_end());
2617       NewQType = Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getResultType(),
2618                                          ParamTypes,
2619                                          OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2620       New->setType(NewQType);
2621       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2622 
2623       // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
2624       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2625       for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator
2626              ParamType = OldProto->arg_type_begin(),
2627              ParamEnd = OldProto->arg_type_end();
2628            ParamType != ParamEnd; ++ParamType) {
2629         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New,
2630                                                  SourceLocation(),
2631                                                  SourceLocation(), 0,
2632                                                  *ParamType, /*TInfo=*/0,
2633                                                  SC_None,
2634                                                  0);
2635         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2636         Param->setImplicit();
2637         Params.push_back(Param);
2638       }
2639 
2640       New->setParams(Params);
2641     }
2642 
2643     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2644   }
2645 
2646   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2647   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2648   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2649   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2650   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2651   // the prototype.
2652   //
2653   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2654   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2655   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2656   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2657   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2658       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2659       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2660       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2661     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2662     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2663     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2664       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2665     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2666       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2667 
2668     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2669     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getResultType(),
2670                                                NewProto->getResultType());
2671     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2672     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2673          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2674       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2675       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2676       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2677                                      NewProto->getArgType(Idx))) {
2678         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2679       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2680                                             NewParm->getType(),
2681                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2682         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn
2683           = { OldParm, NewParm, NewProto->getArgType(Idx) };
2684         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2685         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2686       } else
2687         LooseCompatible = false;
2688     }
2689 
2690     if (LooseCompatible) {
2691       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2692         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2693              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2694           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2695           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2696         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2697           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2698                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2699       }
2700 
2701       New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
2702                                            OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2703       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S);
2704     }
2705 
2706     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2707   }
2708 
2709   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
2710   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
2711 
2712   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
2713   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
2714   unsigned BuiltinID;
2715   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
2716     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
2717     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
2718     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2719       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2720       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2721         << Old << Old->getType();
2722 
2723       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
2724       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
2725       //
2726       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
2727       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
2728       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
2729       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
2730       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
2731       if (!New->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2732         New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2733 
2734       return false;
2735     }
2736 
2737     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2738   }
2739 
2740   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2741   Diag(Old->getLocation(), PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2742   return true;
2743 }
2744 
2745 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2746 /// known to be compatible.
2747 ///
2748 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2749 /// properties of function declarations form the old declaration to
2750 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2751 /// redeclaration of Old.
2752 ///
2753 /// \returns false
2754 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2755                                         Scope *S) {
2756   // Merge the attributes
2757   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2758 
2759   // Merge "pure" flag.
2760   if (Old->isPure())
2761     New->setPure();
2762 
2763   // Merge "used" flag.
2764   if (Old->isUsed(false))
2765     New->setUsed();
2766 
2767   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2768   // declarations.
2769   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2770     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2771       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2772                                *this);
2773 
2774   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2775     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
2776 
2777   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
2778   // and argument types.
2779   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
2780   if (!Merged.isNull())
2781     New->setType(Merged);
2782 
2783   return false;
2784 }
2785 
2786 
2787 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2788                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2789 
2790   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
2791   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
2792     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
2793                                                    : AMK_Override;
2794   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
2795 
2796   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2797   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2798                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
2799   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2800          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2801        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
2802     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
2803 
2804   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
2805 }
2806 
2807 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2808 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
2809 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2810 ///
2811 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2812 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
2813 /// is attached.
2814 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool OldWasHidden) {
2815   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2816     return;
2817 
2818   QualType MergedT;
2819   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2820     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
2821       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2822       return;
2823     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2824       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2825       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2826     }
2827     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2828     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2829     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2830     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2831     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2832     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2833              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2834       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2835       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2836       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2837                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2838         MergedT = New->getType();
2839     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
2840              New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
2841       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2842       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2843       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2844                               NewArray->getElementType()))
2845         MergedT = Old->getType();
2846     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()
2847                && Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
2848         MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
2849                                                         Old->getType());
2850     }
2851   } else {
2852     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
2853   }
2854   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
2855     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
2856       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
2857     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2858     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2859   }
2860 
2861   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
2862   // declaration was a extern declaration in a different scope.
2863   if (!OldWasHidden)
2864     New->setType(MergedT);
2865 }
2866 
2867 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
2868 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
2869 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2870 ///
2871 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
2872 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
2873 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
2874 ///
2875 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous,
2876                         bool PreviousWasHidden) {
2877   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
2878   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2879     return;
2880 
2881   // Verify the old decl was also a variable.
2882   VarDecl *Old = 0;
2883   if (!Previous.isSingleResult() ||
2884       !(Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()))) {
2885     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2886       << New->getDeclName();
2887     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
2888          diag::note_previous_definition);
2889     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2890   }
2891 
2892   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
2893     return;
2894 
2895   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2896   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
2897   //
2898   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
2899   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
2900     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
2901       << New->getIdentifier();
2902     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2903     New->setInvalidDecl();
2904   }
2905 
2906   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2907   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
2908   // declaration
2909   if (New->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
2910       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
2911       !Old->getAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
2912     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
2913     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2914     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
2915     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
2916   }
2917 
2918   // Merge the types.
2919   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, PreviousWasHidden);
2920   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
2921     return;
2922 
2923   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
2924   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2925       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
2926       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
2927     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New->getDeclName();
2928     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2929     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2930   }
2931   // C99 6.2.2p4:
2932   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
2933   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
2934   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
2935   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
2936   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
2937   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
2938   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
2939   //   identifier has external linkage.
2940   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
2941     /* Okay */;
2942   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
2943            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
2944            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
2945     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
2946     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2947     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2948   }
2949 
2950   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
2951   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
2952       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
2953     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2954     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2955     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2956   }
2957   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() &&
2958       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
2959     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
2960     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2961     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2962   }
2963 
2964   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
2965 
2966   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
2967   // need to check for mismatches.
2968   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
2969       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
2970       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2971         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
2972     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
2973     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2974     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2975   }
2976 
2977   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
2978     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
2979       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2980       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2981     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
2982       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
2983       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2984     } else {
2985       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
2986       // static and dynamic initialization.
2987       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
2988       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
2989       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
2990         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
2991       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2992     }
2993   }
2994 
2995   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
2996   const VarDecl *Def;
2997   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2998       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
2999       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3000     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
3001       << New->getDeclName();
3002     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3003     New->setInvalidDecl();
3004     return;
3005   }
3006 
3007   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3008     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3009     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3010     New->setInvalidDecl();
3011     return;
3012   }
3013 
3014   // Merge "used" flag.
3015   if (Old->isUsed(false))
3016     New->setUsed();
3017 
3018   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3019   New->setPreviousDeclaration(Old);
3020 
3021   // Inherit access appropriately.
3022   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3023 }
3024 
3025 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3026 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3027 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3028                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3029   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3030 }
3031 
3032 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3033 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3034 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3035 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3036                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3037                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3038                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3039   Decl *TagD = 0;
3040   TagDecl *Tag = 0;
3041   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3042       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3043       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3044       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3045       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3046     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3047 
3048     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3049       return 0;
3050 
3051     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3052     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3053     // it's a Type.
3054     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3055       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3056     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3057       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3058   }
3059 
3060   if (Tag) {
3061     getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag);
3062     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3063     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3064       return Tag;
3065   }
3066 
3067   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3068     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3069     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3070     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3071       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3072            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3073            << DS.getSourceRange();
3074   }
3075 
3076   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3077     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3078     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3079     if (Tag)
3080       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3081         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3082             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3083             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3084             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
3085     else
3086       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3087     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3088     return TagD;
3089   }
3090 
3091   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3092 
3093   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3094     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3095     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3096     if (TagD && !Tag)
3097       return 0;
3098     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3099   }
3100 
3101   CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3102   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3103     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3104   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3105       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3106     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3107     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3108     // or an explicit specialization.
3109     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3110     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3111       << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3112           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3113           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3114           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4)
3115       << SS.getRange();
3116     return 0;
3117   }
3118 
3119   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3120   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3121 
3122   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3123   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3124     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3125         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3126       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3127           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3128         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record);
3129 
3130       DeclaresAnything = false;
3131     }
3132   }
3133 
3134   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member.
3135   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3136       CurContext->isRecord() &&
3137       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3138     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
3139     //   struct STRUCT;
3140     // and
3141     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3142     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3143     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
3144         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
3145          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
3146       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
3147         << DS.getSourceRange();
3148       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3149     }
3150   }
3151 
3152   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3153   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3154       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3155     return TagD;
3156 
3157   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3158       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3159     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3160       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3161           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3162         DeclaresAnything = false;
3163 
3164   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3165     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3166     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3167       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3168         << DS.getSourceRange();
3169     else
3170       DeclaresAnything = false;
3171   }
3172 
3173   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3174       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3175     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3176       << Tag->getTagKind()
3177       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3178 
3179   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3180 
3181   // C 6.7/2:
3182   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3183   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3184   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3185   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3186   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3187   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3188   //   previous declaration.
3189   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3190     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3191     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3192     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3193     return TagD;
3194   }
3195 
3196   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3197   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3198   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3199   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3200   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3201   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3202   //
3203   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3204   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3205   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3206     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3207 
3208   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3209   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3210   // useless.
3211   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec())
3212     if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3213       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3214         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3215 
3216   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3217     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3218       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3219   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3220     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3221       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3222     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3223       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3224     // Restrict is covered above.
3225     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3226       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3227   }
3228 
3229   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3230   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3231   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3232   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3233     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3234     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3235         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3236         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3237         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3238         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3239       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
3240       while (attrs) {
3241         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3242         << attrs->getName()
3243         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3244             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3245             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
3246             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
3247         attrs = attrs->getNext();
3248       }
3249     }
3250   }
3251 
3252   return TagD;
3253 }
3254 
3255 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3256 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3257 ///
3258 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3259 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3260                                          Scope *S,
3261                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3262                                          DeclarationName Name,
3263                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3264                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3265   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3266                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3267   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3268 
3269   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3270     return false;
3271 
3272   // Pick a representative declaration.
3273   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3274   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3275 
3276   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3277     return false;
3278 
3279   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3280   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3281 
3282   return true;
3283 }
3284 
3285 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3286 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3287 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3288 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3289 /// struct, e.g.,
3290 ///
3291 /// @code
3292 /// union {
3293 ///   int i;
3294 ///   float f;
3295 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3296 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3297 /// @endcode
3298 ///
3299 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3300 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3301 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3302                                                 DeclContext *Owner,
3303                                                 RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3304                                                 AccessSpecifier AS,
3305                               SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> &Chaining,
3306                                                       bool MSAnonStruct) {
3307   unsigned diagKind
3308     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3309                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3310 
3311   bool Invalid = false;
3312 
3313   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3314   for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator D = AnonRecord->decls_begin(),
3315                                DEnd = AnonRecord->decls_end();
3316        D != DEnd; ++D) {
3317     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(*D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(*D)) &&
3318         cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName()) {
3319       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(*D);
3320       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3321                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3322         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3323         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3324         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3325         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3326         Invalid = true;
3327       } else {
3328         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3329         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3330         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3331         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3332         //   anonymous union is declared.
3333         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3334         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3335           for (IndirectFieldDecl::chain_iterator PI = IF->chain_begin(),
3336                PE = IF->chain_end(); PI != PE; ++PI)
3337             Chaining.push_back(*PI);
3338         else
3339           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3340 
3341         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3342         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3343           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3344         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3345           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3346 
3347         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
3348           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
3349                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
3350                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3351 
3352         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3353         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3354         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3355 
3356         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3357         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3358 
3359         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3360       }
3361     }
3362   }
3363 
3364   return Invalid;
3365 }
3366 
3367 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3368 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3369 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3370 static StorageClass
3371 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3372   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3373   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3374          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3375   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3376   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3377   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3378     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3379       return SC_None;
3380     return SC_Extern;
3381   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3382   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3383   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3384   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3385     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3386   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3387   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3388   }
3389   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3390 }
3391 
3392 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3393 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3394 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3395 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3396 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3397                                              AccessSpecifier AS,
3398                                              RecordDecl *Record) {
3399   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3400 
3401   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3402   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3403     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3404   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3405     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3406   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3407     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3408 
3409   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3410   // structs/unions.
3411   bool Invalid = false;
3412   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3413     const char* PrevSpec = 0;
3414     unsigned DiagID;
3415     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3416       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3417       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3418       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3419       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3420           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3421            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3422             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3423         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3424           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3425 
3426         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3427         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3428                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
3429       }
3430       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3431       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3432       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3433       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3434                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3435         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3436              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3437           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3438 
3439         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3440         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3441                                SourceLocation(),
3442                                PrevSpec, DiagID);
3443       }
3444     }
3445 
3446     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3447     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3448       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3449         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3450           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
3451           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3452       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3453         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3454              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3455           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
3456           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3457       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3458         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3459              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3460           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
3461           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3462       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3463         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
3464              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3465           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
3466           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
3467 
3468       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3469     }
3470 
3471     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3472     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3473     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3474     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3475     for (DeclContext::decl_iterator Mem = Record->decls_begin(),
3476                                  MemEnd = Record->decls_end();
3477          Mem != MemEnd; ++Mem) {
3478       if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(*Mem)) {
3479         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3480         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3481         //   members (clause 11).
3482         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3483         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3484           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3485             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3486           Invalid = true;
3487         }
3488 
3489         // C++ [class.union]p1
3490         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3491         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3492         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3493         //   array of such objects.
3494         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3495           Invalid = true;
3496       } else if ((*Mem)->isImplicit()) {
3497         // Any implicit members are fine.
3498       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(*Mem) && (*Mem)->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3499         // This is a type that showed up in an
3500         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3501         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3502         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3503       } else if (RecordDecl *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(*Mem)) {
3504         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3505             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3506           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3507           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3508             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3509               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3510           else {
3511             // This is a nested type declaration.
3512             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3513               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3514             Invalid = true;
3515           }
3516         } else {
3517           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
3518           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
3519           // not part of standard C++.
3520           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
3521                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
3522             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3523         }
3524       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(*Mem)) {
3525         // Any access specifier is fine.
3526       } else {
3527         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3528         // member. Complain about it.
3529         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3530         if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Mem))
3531           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3532         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(*Mem))
3533           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3534         else if (isa<VarDecl>(*Mem))
3535           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3536 
3537         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3538         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3539             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3540           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3541             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3542         else {
3543           Diag((*Mem)->getLocation(), DK)
3544               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3545           Invalid = true;
3546         }
3547       }
3548     }
3549   }
3550 
3551   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3552     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3553       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3554     Invalid = true;
3555   }
3556 
3557   // Mock up a declarator.
3558   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3559   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3560   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3561 
3562   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3563   NamedDecl *Anon = 0;
3564   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3565     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3566                              DS.getLocStart(),
3567                              Record->getLocation(),
3568                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3569                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3570                              TInfo,
3571                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3572                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3573     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3574     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3575       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3576   } else {
3577     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3578     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
3579     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3580       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3581       // an error here
3582       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3583       Invalid = true;
3584       SC = SC_None;
3585     }
3586 
3587     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
3588                            DS.getLocStart(),
3589                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3590                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3591                            TInfo, SC);
3592 
3593     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
3594     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
3595     // initializer:
3596     //   union { int n = 0; };
3597     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
3598   }
3599   Anon->setImplicit();
3600 
3601   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
3602   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
3603   // its members.
3604   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
3605 
3606   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
3607   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3608   // purposes.
3609   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3610   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3611 
3612   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
3613                                           Chain, false))
3614     Invalid = true;
3615 
3616   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. Note that we do not
3617   // do this until after we have already checked and injected the
3618   // members of this anonymous struct/union type, because otherwise
3619   // the members could be injected twice: once by DeclContext when it
3620   // builds its lookup table, and once by
3621   // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers.
3622   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
3623 
3624   if (Invalid)
3625     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3626 
3627   return Anon;
3628 }
3629 
3630 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
3631 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
3632 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
3633 /// Example:
3634 ///
3635 /// struct A { int a; };
3636 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
3637 ///
3638 /// void foo() {
3639 ///   B var;
3640 ///   var.a = 3;
3641 /// }
3642 ///
3643 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3644                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
3645 
3646   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
3647   if (!Record)
3648     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
3649 
3650   // Mock up a declarator.
3651   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
3652   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3653   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
3654 
3655   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
3656   NamedDecl* Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
3657                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
3658                              DS.getLocStart(),
3659                              DS.getLocStart(),
3660                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/0,
3661                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3662                              TInfo,
3663                              /*BitWidth=*/0, /*Mutable=*/false,
3664                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3665   Anon->setImplicit();
3666 
3667   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
3668   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
3669 
3670   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
3671   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3672   // purposes.
3673   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3674   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3675 
3676   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
3677   if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
3678                                                         RecordDef, AS_none,
3679                                                         Chain, true))
3680     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3681 
3682   return Anon;
3683 }
3684 
3685 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
3686 /// given Declarator.
3687 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
3688   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
3689 }
3690 
3691 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
3692 DeclarationNameInfo
3693 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
3694   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
3695   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3696 
3697   switch (Name.getKind()) {
3698 
3699   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
3700   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
3701     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
3702     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3703     return NameInfo;
3704 
3705   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
3706     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
3707                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
3708     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3709     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
3710       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
3711     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
3712       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
3713     return NameInfo;
3714 
3715   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
3716     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
3717                                                            Name.Identifier));
3718     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3719     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
3720     return NameInfo;
3721 
3722   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
3723     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3724     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
3725     if (Ty.isNull())
3726       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3727     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
3728                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3729     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3730     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3731     return NameInfo;
3732   }
3733 
3734   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
3735     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3736     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
3737     if (Ty.isNull())
3738       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3739     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3740                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3741     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3742     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3743     return NameInfo;
3744   }
3745 
3746   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
3747     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
3748     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
3749     // to find the actual type being constructed.
3750     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
3751     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
3752       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3753 
3754     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
3755     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
3756 
3757     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
3758     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
3759     // was qualified.
3760 
3761     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
3762                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
3763     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3764     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
3765     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(0);
3766     return NameInfo;
3767   }
3768 
3769   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
3770     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
3771     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
3772     if (Ty.isNull())
3773       return DeclarationNameInfo();
3774     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
3775                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
3776     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
3777     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
3778     return NameInfo;
3779   }
3780 
3781   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
3782     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
3783     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
3784     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
3785   }
3786 
3787   } // switch (Name.getKind())
3788 
3789   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
3790 }
3791 
3792 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
3793   do {
3794     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
3795       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
3796     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
3797       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
3798     else
3799       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
3800   } while (true);
3801 }
3802 
3803 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
3804 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
3805 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
3806 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
3807 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
3808 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
3809 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
3810 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
3811                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
3812                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
3813                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
3814   Params.clear();
3815   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
3816     return false;
3817   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
3818     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3819     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
3820 
3821     // The parameter types are identical
3822     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
3823       continue;
3824 
3825     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
3826     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
3827     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3828     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
3829 
3830     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
3831         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
3832       Params.push_back(Idx);
3833     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
3834       return false;
3835   }
3836 
3837   return true;
3838 }
3839 
3840 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
3841 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
3842 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
3843 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
3844 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
3845 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
3846                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
3847   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
3848   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
3849   //   - types which will become injected class names
3850   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
3851   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
3852   // few cases here.
3853 
3854   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
3855   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
3856   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
3857   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
3858   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
3859   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
3860     // Grab the type from the parser.
3861     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = 0;
3862     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
3863     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
3864 
3865     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
3866     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
3867     // attached already.
3868     if (!TSI)
3869       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
3870 
3871     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
3872     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
3873     if (!TSI) return true;
3874 
3875     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
3876     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
3877     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
3878     break;
3879   }
3880 
3881   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
3882   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
3883     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
3884     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
3885     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
3886     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
3887     break;
3888   }
3889 
3890   default:
3891     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
3892     break;
3893   }
3894 
3895   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
3896   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
3897     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
3898 
3899     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
3900     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
3901     // pointer.
3902     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
3903       continue;
3904 
3905     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
3906     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
3907     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
3908       return true;
3909   }
3910 
3911   return false;
3912 }
3913 
3914 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
3915   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
3916   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3917 
3918   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
3919       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
3920     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
3921 
3922   return Dcl;
3923 }
3924 
3925 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
3926 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
3927 ///   name different from T:
3928 ///     - every static data member of class T;
3929 ///     - every member function of class T
3930 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
3931 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
3932 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
3933                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
3934   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
3935 
3936   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
3937     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
3938       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
3939       return true;
3940     }
3941 
3942   return false;
3943 }
3944 
3945 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
3946 /// nested-name-specifier.
3947 ///
3948 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
3949 ///
3950 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
3951 /// resolves.
3952 ///
3953 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
3954 ///
3955 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
3956 ///
3957 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
3958 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
3959                                         DeclarationName Name,
3960                                       SourceLocation Loc) {
3961   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
3962   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur))
3963     Cur = Cur->getParent();
3964 
3965   // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
3966   //   A declarator-id shall not be qualified except for the definition
3967   //   of a member function (9.3) or static data member (9.4) outside of
3968   //   its class, the definition or explicit instantiation of a function
3969   //   or variable member of a namespace outside of its namespace, or the
3970   //   definition of an explicit specialization outside of its namespace,
3971   //   or the declaration of a friend function that is a member of
3972   //   another class or namespace (11.3). [...]
3973 
3974   // The user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
3975   // class or namespaces in which the entity is already declared.
3976   //
3977   // class X {
3978   //   void X::f();
3979   // };
3980   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
3981     Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
3982                                    : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
3983       << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
3984     SS.clear();
3985     return false;
3986   }
3987 
3988   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
3989   // declaration.
3990   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
3991     if (Cur->isRecord())
3992       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
3993         << Name << SS.getRange();
3994     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
3995       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
3996         << Name << SS.getRange();
3997     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
3998       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
3999         << Name << SS.getRange();
4000     else
4001       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4002       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4003 
4004     return true;
4005   }
4006 
4007   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4008     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4009     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4010       << Name << SS.getRange();
4011     SS.clear();
4012 
4013     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4014     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4015     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4016     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4017          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4018         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4019                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4020       return true;
4021 
4022     return false;
4023   }
4024 
4025   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4026   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4027   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4028   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4029   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4030     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4031   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4032         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4033     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4034       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4035 
4036   return false;
4037 }
4038 
4039 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4040                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4041   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4042   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4043   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4044 
4045   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4046   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4047   if (!Name) {
4048     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4049       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4050            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4051         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4052     return 0;
4053   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4054     return 0;
4055 
4056   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4057   // we find one that is.
4058   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4059          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4060     S = S->getParent();
4061 
4062   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4063   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4064     D.setInvalidType();
4065   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4066     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4067                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4068       return 0;
4069 
4070     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4071     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4072     if (!DC) {
4073       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4074       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4075       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4076       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4077       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4078            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4079         << (NestedNameSpecifier*)D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4080         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4081       return 0;
4082     }
4083     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4084 
4085     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4086         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4087       return 0;
4088 
4089     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4090       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4091            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4092         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4093       D.setInvalidType();
4094     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4095       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4096                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4097         if (DC->isRecord())
4098           return 0;
4099 
4100         D.setInvalidType();
4101       }
4102     }
4103 
4104     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4105     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4106     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4107         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4108       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4109       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4110         D.setInvalidType();
4111     }
4112   }
4113 
4114   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4115     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4116     // Just return early; it's safer.
4117     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4118       return 0;
4119 
4120   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4121   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4122 
4123   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4124                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4125     D.setInvalidType();
4126 
4127   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4128                         ForRedeclaration);
4129 
4130   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4131   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4132     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4133 
4134     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4135     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4136     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4137     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4138       /* Do nothing*/;
4139     else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4140       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
4141           D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4142         IsLinkageLookup = true;
4143     } else if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern)
4144       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4145     else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4146              D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4147       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4148 
4149     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4150       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4151 
4152     LookupName(Previous, S, /* CreateBuiltins = */ IsLinkageLookup);
4153   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4154     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4155 
4156     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4157     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4158     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4159     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4160     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4161     //  thereof; [...]
4162     //
4163     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4164     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4165     // we want to match. For example, given:
4166     //
4167     //   class X {
4168     //     void f();
4169     //     void f(float);
4170     //   };
4171     //
4172     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4173     //
4174     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4175     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4176     // matches.
4177 
4178     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4179     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4180     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4181     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4182     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4183   }
4184 
4185   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4186       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4187     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4188     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4189       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4190                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4191 
4192     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4193     Previous.clear();
4194   }
4195 
4196   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4197   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4198   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4199   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4200   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4201       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4202     Previous.clear();
4203 
4204   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4205   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4206   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4207     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4208 
4209   NamedDecl *New;
4210 
4211   bool AddToScope = true;
4212   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4213     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4214       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4215       return 0;
4216     }
4217 
4218     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4219   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4220     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4221                                   TemplateParamLists,
4222                                   AddToScope);
4223   } else {
4224     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4225                                   TemplateParamLists);
4226   }
4227 
4228   if (New == 0)
4229     return 0;
4230 
4231   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4232   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4233   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4234        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl()))
4235     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
4236 
4237   return New;
4238 }
4239 
4240 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4241 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4242 /// GCC compatibility).
4243 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4244                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4245                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4246                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4247   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4248   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4249   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4250   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4251   SizeIsNegative = false;
4252   Oversized = 0;
4253 
4254   if (T->isDependentType())
4255     return QualType();
4256 
4257   QualifierCollector Qs;
4258   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4259 
4260   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4261     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4262     QualType FixedType =
4263         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4264                                             Oversized);
4265     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4266     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4267     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4268   }
4269   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4270     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4271     QualType FixedType =
4272         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4273                                             Oversized);
4274     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4275     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4276     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4277   }
4278 
4279   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4280   if (!VLATy)
4281     return QualType();
4282   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4283   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4284     return QualType();
4285 
4286   llvm::APSInt Res;
4287   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4288       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4289     return QualType();
4290 
4291   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4292   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4293     SizeIsNegative = true;
4294     return QualType();
4295   }
4296 
4297   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4298   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4299     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4300                                               Res);
4301   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4302     Oversized = Res;
4303     return QualType();
4304   }
4305 
4306   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4307                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4308 }
4309 
4310 static void
4311 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4312   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4313     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4314     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4315                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4316     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4317     return;
4318   }
4319   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
4320     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
4321     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
4322                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
4323     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
4324     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
4325     return;
4326   }
4327   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4328   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4329   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
4330   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
4331   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
4332   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
4333   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
4334   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
4335 }
4336 
4337 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4338 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4339 /// GCC compatibility).
4340 static TypeSourceInfo*
4341 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4342                                               ASTContext &Context,
4343                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
4344                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4345   QualType FixedTy
4346     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
4347                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4348   if (FixedTy.isNull())
4349     return 0;
4350   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
4351   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
4352                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
4353   return FixedTInfo;
4354 }
4355 
4356 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
4357 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations
4358 void
4359 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND,
4360                                        const LookupResult &Previous,
4361                                        Scope *S) {
4362   assert(ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4363          "Decl is not a locally-scoped decl!");
4364   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
4365   LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
4366 }
4367 
4368 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator
4369 Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4370   if (ExternalSource) {
4371     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
4372     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
4373     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls);
4374     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4375       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4376         = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
4377       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
4378         LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
4379     }
4380   }
4381 
4382   return LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Name);
4383 }
4384 
4385 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4386 /// does not identify a function.
4387 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4388   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4389   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4390   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4391     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
4392          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4393 
4394   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
4395     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4396          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4397 
4398   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
4399     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4400          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4401 
4402   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
4403     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
4404          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
4405 }
4406 
4407 NamedDecl*
4408 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4409                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4410   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4411   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4412     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4413       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4414     D.setInvalidType();
4415     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4416     DC = CurContext;
4417     Previous.clear();
4418   }
4419 
4420   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4421 
4422   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4423     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
4424       << 1;
4425 
4426   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
4427     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
4428       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
4429     return 0;
4430   }
4431 
4432   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
4433   if (!NewTD) return 0;
4434 
4435   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4436   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
4437 
4438   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
4439 
4440   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
4441   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
4442   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
4443   return ND;
4444 }
4445 
4446 void
4447 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4448   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
4449   // then it shall have block scope.
4450   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
4451   // that redeclarations will match.
4452   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4453   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4454   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4455     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4456 
4457     if (S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4458       bool SizeIsNegative;
4459       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4460       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4461         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4462                                                       SizeIsNegative,
4463                                                       Oversized);
4464       if (FixedTInfo) {
4465         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4466         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4467       } else {
4468         if (SizeIsNegative)
4469           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
4470         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
4471           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
4472         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
4473           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
4474             << Oversized.toString(10);
4475         else
4476           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4477         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4478       }
4479     }
4480   }
4481 }
4482 
4483 
4484 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4485 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4486 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4487 NamedDecl*
4488 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4489                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4490   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4491   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4492   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/ false,
4493                        /*ExplicitInstantiationOrSpecialization=*/false);
4494   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous);
4495   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4496     Redeclaration = true;
4497     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4498   }
4499 
4500   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4501   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4502     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4503         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4504       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4505         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4506       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4507         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4508       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4509         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4510       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4511         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4512     }
4513 
4514   return NewTD;
4515 }
4516 
4517 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4518 /// previous declaration.
4519 ///
4520 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4521 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4522 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4523 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4524 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4525 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4526 ///
4527 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4528 /// lookup
4529 ///
4530 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4531 /// declared.
4532 ///
4533 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4534 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4535 static bool
4536 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4537                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4538   if (!PrevDecl)
4539     return false;
4540 
4541   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4542     return false;
4543 
4544   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4545     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4546     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4547     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4548     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4549     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4550     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
4551     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
4552     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4553       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
4554       return false;
4555 
4556     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
4557     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
4558       // We found a member function: ignore it.
4559       return false;
4560 
4561     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
4562     // previous declarations.
4563     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4564     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4565 
4566     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
4567     // isn't the same function.
4568     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
4569       return false;
4570   }
4571 
4572   return true;
4573 }
4574 
4575 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
4576   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4577   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
4578   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
4579 }
4580 
4581 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
4582   QualType type = decl->getType();
4583   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
4584   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
4585     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
4586     unsigned kind = -1U;
4587     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4588       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4589         kind = 0; // __block
4590       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
4591         kind = 1; // global
4592     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
4593       kind = 3; // ivar
4594     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
4595       kind = 2; // field
4596     }
4597 
4598     if (kind != -1U) {
4599       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
4600         << kind;
4601     }
4602   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
4603     // Try to infer lifetime.
4604     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
4605       return false;
4606 
4607     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
4608     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
4609     decl->setType(type);
4610   }
4611 
4612   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4613     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
4614     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
4615         var->getTLSKind()) {
4616       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
4617         << var->getType();
4618       return true;
4619     }
4620   }
4621 
4622   return false;
4623 }
4624 
4625 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
4626   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
4627   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
4628     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4629       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
4630       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
4631     }
4632   }
4633   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
4634     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4635       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
4636       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
4637     }
4638   }
4639 
4640   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations.
4641   // It does not apply to functions.
4642   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
4643     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4644       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
4645       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
4646     }
4647   }
4648 }
4649 
4650 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
4651 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
4652 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
4653 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
4654   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
4655 
4656   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
4657   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
4658 
4659   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
4660   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
4661     return false;
4662 
4663   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
4664 
4665 #ifndef NDEBUG
4666   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
4667   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
4668   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
4669   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
4670   FD->setLazyBody(1);
4671 #endif
4672 
4673   bool isC99Inline = (S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_C99Inline);
4674 
4675 #ifndef NDEBUG
4676   FD->setLazyBody(0);
4677 #endif
4678 
4679   return isC99Inline;
4680 }
4681 
4682 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
4683   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
4684   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4685     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
4686   if (DC->isFileContext())
4687     return true;
4688   if (DC->isRecord())
4689     return false;
4690   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
4691 }
4692 
4693 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
4694   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
4695   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4696     return true;
4697   if (DC->isRecord())
4698     return false;
4699   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
4700 }
4701 
4702 NamedDecl*
4703 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
4704                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
4705                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4706   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4707   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
4708 
4709   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
4710   VarDecl::StorageClass SC =
4711     StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
4712 
4713   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && !getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
4714     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
4715     // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
4716     if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
4717       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
4718       D.setInvalidType();
4719     }
4720   }
4721 
4722   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
4723     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
4724     // an error here
4725     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4726     D.setInvalidType();
4727     SC = SC_None;
4728   }
4729 
4730   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
4731       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
4732                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
4733     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
4734     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
4735     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
4736     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4737          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
4738       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4739   }
4740 
4741   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
4742   if (!II) {
4743     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
4744       << Name;
4745     return 0;
4746   }
4747 
4748   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4749 
4750   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == 0) {
4751     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
4752     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
4753     if (SC == SC_Auto || SC == SC_Register) {
4754       // If this is a register variable with an asm label specified, then this
4755       // is a GNU extension.
4756       if (SC == SC_Register && D.getAsmLabel())
4757         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_unsupported_global_register);
4758       else
4759         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
4760       D.setInvalidType();
4761     }
4762   }
4763 
4764   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
4765     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
4766     // OpenCL __local address space.
4767     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
4768       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
4769     }
4770 
4771     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
4772     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
4773     // space qualifiers.
4774     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
4775       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
4776       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
4777     }
4778 
4779     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
4780     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
4781     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
4782     // address space qualifiers.
4783     if (R->isEventT()) {
4784       if (S->getParent() == 0) {
4785         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
4786         D.setInvalidType();
4787       }
4788 
4789       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
4790         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
4791         D.setInvalidType();
4792       }
4793     }
4794   }
4795 
4796   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4797   VarDecl *NewVD;
4798   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4799     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
4800                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
4801                             R, TInfo, SC);
4802 
4803     if (D.isInvalidType())
4804       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4805   } else {
4806     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
4807       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
4808       if (SC == SC_Static) {
4809         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4810              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
4811           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
4812       }
4813     }
4814     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
4815       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
4816         if (RD->isLocalClass())
4817           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4818                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
4819             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
4820 
4821         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
4822         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
4823         if (RD->isUnion())
4824           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4825                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
4826                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
4827                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
4828         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
4829         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
4830           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4831                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
4832             << Name << RD->isUnion();
4833       }
4834     }
4835 
4836     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
4837     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
4838     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
4839     bool Invalid = false;
4840     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
4841         = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
4842                                   D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4843                                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4844                                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4845                                                   TemplateParamLists.data(),
4846                                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
4847                                                   /*never a friend*/ false,
4848                                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
4849                                                   Invalid)) {
4850       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
4851         // There is no such thing as a variable template.
4852         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_variable)
4853           << II
4854           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4855                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
4856         return 0;
4857       } else {
4858         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
4859         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
4860         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4861              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
4862           << II
4863           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
4864                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
4865       }
4866     }
4867 
4868     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
4869                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
4870                             R, TInfo, SC);
4871 
4872     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
4873     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
4874     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
4875       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
4876 
4877     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid)
4878       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4879 
4880     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
4881 
4882     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4883       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
4884                                            TemplateParamLists.size(),
4885                                            TemplateParamLists.data());
4886     }
4887 
4888     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4889       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
4890   }
4891 
4892   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
4893   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
4894   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
4895 
4896   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
4897     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) {
4898       // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
4899       //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
4900       //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
4901       //   explicitly.
4902       // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
4903       //   'extern'.
4904       if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
4905           TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local &&
4906           DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
4907         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
4908       else
4909         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4910              diag::err_thread_non_global)
4911           << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
4912     } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
4913       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4914            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
4915     else
4916       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
4917   }
4918 
4919   // C99 6.7.4p3
4920   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
4921   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
4922   //   thread storage duration...
4923   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
4924   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
4925   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
4926   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
4927   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
4928   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
4929       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
4930     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
4931     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
4932       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
4933            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
4934       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
4935     }
4936   }
4937 
4938   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
4939     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
4940       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
4941         << 2
4942         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4943     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
4944       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
4945         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
4946         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
4947         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4948     else
4949       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
4950   }
4951 
4952   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4953   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
4954 
4955   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
4956     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
4957 
4958   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
4959     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
4960     // storage [duration]."
4961     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != 0 &&
4962         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
4963          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
4964       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
4965     }
4966   }
4967 
4968   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
4969   // retainable type.
4970   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
4971     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
4972 
4973   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
4974   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
4975     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
4976     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
4977     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
4978     if (S->getFnParent() != 0) {
4979       switch (SC) {
4980       case SC_None:
4981       case SC_Auto:
4982         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
4983         break;
4984       case SC_Register:
4985         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
4986           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
4987         break;
4988       case SC_Static:
4989       case SC_Extern:
4990       case SC_PrivateExtern:
4991       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
4992         break;
4993       }
4994     }
4995 
4996     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
4997                                                 Context, Label));
4998   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
4999     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5000       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
5001     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5002       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
5003       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5004     }
5005   }
5006 
5007   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
5008   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet())
5009     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
5010 
5011   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
5012   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
5013   // declaration has linkage).
5014   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
5015                        isExplicitSpecialization);
5016 
5017   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5018     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5019   } else {
5020     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
5021     if (!Previous.empty()) {
5022       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5023           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
5024           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5025         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
5026         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5027         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
5028           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5029         Previous.clear();
5030         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5031       }
5032     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5033       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
5034       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
5035         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
5036         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5037       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5038     }
5039 
5040     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5041 
5042     // This is an explicit specialization of a static data member. Check it.
5043     if (isExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5044         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
5045       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5046   }
5047 
5048   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
5049   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewVD);
5050 
5051   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C variable, update the map of
5052   // such variables.
5053   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewVD->isExternC() &&
5054       !NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5055     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, Previous, S);
5056 
5057   return NewVD;
5058 }
5059 
5060 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
5061 /// -Wshadow.
5062 ///
5063 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
5064 /// scope.
5065 ///
5066 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
5067 /// \param R the lookup of the name
5068 ///
5069 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
5070   // Return if warning is ignored.
5071   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()) ==
5072         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5073     return;
5074 
5075   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
5076   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
5077     return;
5078 
5079   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
5080 
5081   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
5082   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
5083     return;
5084 
5085   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
5086   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5087     return;
5088 
5089   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
5090   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5091     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
5092       if (MD->isStatic())
5093         return;
5094 
5095   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5096     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
5097       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
5098       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
5099       for (VarDecl::redecl_iterator
5100              I = shadowedVar->redecls_begin(), E = shadowedVar->redecls_end();
5101            I != E; ++I)
5102         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
5103           ShadowedDecl = *I;
5104           break;
5105         }
5106     }
5107 
5108   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
5109 
5110   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
5111   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
5112     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
5113     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
5114       return;
5115 
5116     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
5117     // static data members from base classes?
5118 
5119     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
5120     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
5121     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
5122   }
5123 
5124   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
5125   unsigned Kind;
5126   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
5127     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5128       Kind = 3; // field
5129     else
5130       Kind = 2; // static data member
5131   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
5132     Kind = 1; // global
5133   else
5134     Kind = 0; // local
5135 
5136   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
5137 
5138   // Emit warning and note.
5139   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
5140   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5141 }
5142 
5143 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
5144 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
5145   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()) ==
5146         DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
5147     return;
5148 
5149   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
5150                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5151   LookupName(R, S);
5152   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
5153 }
5154 
5155 template<typename T>
5156 static bool mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(const T *ND) {
5157   const DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext();
5158   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5159     return true;
5160 
5161   // We know that is the first decl we see, other than function local
5162   // extern C ones. If this is C++ and the decl is not in a extern C context
5163   // it cannot have C language linkage. Avoid calling isExternC in that case.
5164   // We need to this because of code like
5165   //
5166   // namespace { struct bar {}; }
5167   // auto foo = bar();
5168   //
5169   // This code runs before the init of foo is set, and therefore before
5170   // the type of foo is known. Not knowing the type we cannot know its linkage
5171   // unless it is in an extern C block.
5172   if (!ND->isInExternCContext()) {
5173     const ASTContext &Context = ND->getASTContext();
5174     if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5175       return false;
5176   }
5177 
5178   return ND->isExternC();
5179 }
5180 
5181 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
5182   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5183   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5184     return;
5185 
5186   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5187   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5188 
5189   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
5190   if (T->isUndeducedType())
5191     return;
5192 
5193   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
5194     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
5195       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
5196     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5197     NewVD->setType(T);
5198   }
5199 
5200   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
5201   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
5202   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
5203   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
5204   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
5205     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
5206     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5207     return;
5208   }
5209 
5210   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
5211   // __constant address space.
5212   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
5213       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
5214       && !T->isSamplerT()){
5215     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
5216     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5217     return;
5218   }
5219 
5220   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
5221   // scope.
5222   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
5223       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5224     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
5225     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5226     return;
5227   }
5228 
5229   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
5230       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5231     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
5232       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
5233     else {
5234       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
5235       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
5236     }
5237   }
5238 
5239   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
5240   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
5241       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
5242     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
5243 
5244   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
5245       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
5246     bool SizeIsNegative;
5247     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
5248     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
5249       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
5250                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5251     if (FixedTInfo == 0 && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
5252       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
5253       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
5254       // int a[10][n];
5255       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
5256 
5257       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5258         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
5259         << SizeRange;
5260       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
5261         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
5262         << SizeRange;
5263       else
5264         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
5265         << SizeRange;
5266       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5267       return;
5268     }
5269 
5270     if (FixedTInfo == 0) {
5271       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
5272         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
5273       else
5274         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
5275       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5276       return;
5277     }
5278 
5279     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
5280     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
5281     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
5282   }
5283 
5284   if (T->isVoidType()) {
5285     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
5286     //                    of objects and functions.
5287     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5288       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
5289         << T;
5290       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5291       return;
5292     }
5293   }
5294 
5295   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5296     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
5297     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5298     return;
5299   }
5300 
5301   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
5302     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
5303     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5304     return;
5305   }
5306 
5307   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
5308       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
5309                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
5310     // Can't perform this check until the type is deduced.
5311     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5312     return;
5313   }
5314 }
5315 
5316 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
5317 /// declaration.
5318 ///
5319 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
5320 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
5321 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
5322 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
5323 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
5324 ///
5325 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
5326 ///
5327 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
5328 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD,
5329                                     LookupResult &Previous) {
5330   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
5331 
5332   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5333   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5334     return false;
5335 
5336   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
5337   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
5338   //
5339   // Clang has a lot of problems with extern local declarations.
5340   // The actual standards text here is:
5341   //
5342   // C++11 [basic.link]p6:
5343   //   The name of a function declared in block scope and the name
5344   //   of a variable declared by a block scope extern declaration
5345   //   have linkage. If there is a visible declaration of an entity
5346   //   with linkage having the same name and type, ignoring entities
5347   //   declared outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the
5348   //   block scope declaration declares that same entity and
5349   //   receives the linkage of the previous declaration.
5350   //
5351   // C11 6.2.7p4:
5352   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
5353   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
5354   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
5355   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
5356   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
5357   //
5358   // The most important point here is that we're not allowed to
5359   // update our understanding of the type according to declarations
5360   // not in scope.
5361   bool PreviousWasHidden = false;
5362   if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewVD)) {
5363     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
5364       = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD->getDeclName());
5365     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) {
5366       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
5367       PreviousWasHidden = true;
5368     }
5369   }
5370 
5371   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
5372   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous);
5373 
5374   if (!Previous.empty()) {
5375     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous, PreviousWasHidden);
5376     return true;
5377   }
5378   return false;
5379 }
5380 
5381 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
5382 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
5383   Sema *S;
5384   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
5385 };
5386 
5387 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
5388 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
5389 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
5390 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
5391                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
5392                                  void *UserData) {
5393   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
5394 
5395   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
5396     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
5397 
5398   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
5399 
5400   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
5401   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5402     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
5403     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
5404     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
5405 
5406     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
5407   }
5408 
5409   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
5410        !Path.Decls.empty();
5411        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
5412     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
5413     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5414       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
5415         return true;
5416     }
5417   }
5418 
5419   return false;
5420 }
5421 
5422 namespace {
5423   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
5424 }
5425 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
5426 /// overriden methods.
5427 ///
5428 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
5429 /// \param MD the overriding method.
5430 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
5431 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
5432                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
5433   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
5434   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
5435                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
5436        I != E; ++I) {
5437     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
5438     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
5439     // out the diag loop 3 times.
5440     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
5441         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
5442         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
5443       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
5444   }
5445 }
5446 
5447 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
5448 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
5449 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
5450   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
5451   CXXBasePaths Paths;
5452   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
5453   Data.Method = MD;
5454   Data.S = this;
5455   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
5456   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
5457   bool AddedAny = false;
5458   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
5459     for (CXXBasePaths::decl_iterator I = Paths.found_decls_begin(),
5460          E = Paths.found_decls_end(); I != E; ++I) {
5461       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*I)) {
5462         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
5463         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
5464             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
5465             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
5466             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
5467           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
5468           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
5469           AddedAny = true;
5470         }
5471       }
5472     }
5473   }
5474 
5475   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
5476     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
5477   }
5478   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
5479     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
5480   }
5481 
5482   return AddedAny;
5483 }
5484 
5485 namespace {
5486   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
5487   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
5488   struct ActOnFDArgs {
5489     Scope *S;
5490     Declarator &D;
5491     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
5492     bool AddToScope;
5493   };
5494 }
5495 
5496 namespace {
5497 
5498 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
5499 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
5500 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
5501  public:
5502   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
5503                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
5504       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
5505         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : 0) {}
5506 
5507   virtual bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) {
5508     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
5509       return false;
5510 
5511     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
5512     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
5513                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
5514          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
5515       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
5516 
5517       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
5518           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
5519         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
5520           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
5521           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
5522             return true;
5523         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
5524           return true;
5525         }
5526       }
5527     }
5528 
5529     return false;
5530   }
5531 
5532  private:
5533   ASTContext &Context;
5534   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
5535   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
5536 };
5537 
5538 }
5539 
5540 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
5541 ///
5542 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
5543 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
5544 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
5545 /// the same name.
5546 ///
5547 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
5548 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
5549 static NamedDecl* DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
5550     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
5551     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs) {
5552   NamedDecl *Result = NULL;
5553   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
5554   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
5555   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
5556                     Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5557   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
5558   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
5559   TypoCorrection Correction;
5560   bool isFriendDecl = (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5561                        ExtraArgs.D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified());
5562   unsigned DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
5563                                   : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match;
5564 
5565   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5566   SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
5567   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
5568          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
5569   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
5570   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
5571                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : 0);
5572   if (!Prev.empty()) {
5573     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
5574          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
5575       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
5576       if (FD &&
5577           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
5578         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
5579         // involve a parameter
5580         unsigned ParamNum =
5581             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
5582         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
5583       }
5584     }
5585   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
5586   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(Prev.getLookupNameInfo(),
5587                                          Prev.getLookupKind(), 0, 0,
5588                                          Validator, NewDC))) {
5589     // Trap errors.
5590     Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
5591 
5592     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
5593     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
5594                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
5595     Previous.clear();
5596     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
5597     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
5598                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
5599          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
5600       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
5601       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
5602           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
5603         Previous.addDecl(FD);
5604       }
5605     }
5606     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
5607     // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
5608     // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaraction and hopefully
5609     // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
5610     Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
5611         ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
5612         Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
5613         NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
5614         ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
5615     if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) {
5616       // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
5617       ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
5618                                 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
5619       ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
5620       Previous.clear();
5621       Previous.setLookupName(Name);
5622       Result = NULL;
5623     } else {
5624       for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Previous.begin(),
5625                                FuncEnd = Previous.end();
5626            Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
5627         if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func))
5628           NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, 0));
5629       }
5630     }
5631     if (NearMatches.empty()) {
5632       // Ignore the correction if it didn't yield any close FunctionDecl matches
5633       Correction = TypoCorrection();
5634     } else {
5635       DiagMsg = isFriendDecl ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
5636                              : diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_suggest;
5637     }
5638   }
5639 
5640   if (Correction) {
5641     // FIXME: use Correction.getCorrectionRange() instead of computing the range
5642     // here. This requires passing in the CXXScopeSpec to CorrectTypo which in
5643     // turn causes the correction to fully qualify the name. If we fix
5644     // CorrectTypo to minimally qualify then this change should be good.
5645     SourceRange FixItLoc(NewFD->getLocation());
5646     CXXScopeSpec &SS = ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec();
5647     if (Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier() && SS.isValid())
5648       FixItLoc.setBegin(SS.getBeginLoc());
5649     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocStart(), DiagMsg)
5650         << Name << NewDC << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts())
5651         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(
5652             FixItLoc, Correction.getAsString(SemaRef.getLangOpts()));
5653   } else {
5654     SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
5655         << Name << NewDC << NewFD->getLocation();
5656   }
5657 
5658   bool NewFDisConst = false;
5659   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
5660     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
5661 
5662   for (SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1>::iterator
5663        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
5664        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
5665     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
5666     bool FDisConst = false;
5667     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
5668       FDisConst = MD->isConst();
5669 
5670     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
5671       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
5672       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
5673       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
5674       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_def_close_param_match)
5675           << Idx << FDParam->getType() << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx-1)->getType();
5676     } else if (Correction) {
5677       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
5678           << Correction.getQuoted(SemaRef.getLangOpts());
5679     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
5680       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
5681           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
5682     } else
5683       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_match);
5684   }
5685   return Result;
5686 }
5687 
5688 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
5689                                                           Declarator &D) {
5690   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
5691   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
5692   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
5693   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
5694   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
5695     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5696                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
5697     D.setInvalidType();
5698     break;
5699   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
5700   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
5701     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
5702       return SC_None;
5703     return SC_Extern;
5704   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
5705     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
5706       // C99 6.7.1p5:
5707       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
5708       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
5709       //   other than extern
5710       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
5711       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5712                    diag::err_static_block_func);
5713       break;
5714     } else
5715       return SC_Static;
5716   }
5717   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
5718   }
5719 
5720   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
5721   return SC_None;
5722 }
5723 
5724 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
5725                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
5726                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5727                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
5728                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
5729   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
5730   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5731 
5732   FunctionDecl *NewFD = 0;
5733   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
5734 
5735   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5736     // Determine whether the function was written with a
5737     // prototype. This true when:
5738     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
5739     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
5740     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
5741     bool HasPrototype =
5742       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
5743       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
5744 
5745     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
5746                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
5747                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
5748                                  HasPrototype, false);
5749     if (D.isInvalidType())
5750       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5751 
5752     // Set the lexical context.
5753     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
5754 
5755     return NewFD;
5756   }
5757 
5758   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
5759   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
5760 
5761   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
5762   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
5763   // the class has been completely parsed.
5764   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
5765       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5766                                      R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType(),
5767                                      diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
5768                                      SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
5769     D.setInvalidType();
5770 
5771   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
5772     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
5773     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
5774            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
5775 
5776     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
5777     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
5778                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
5779                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
5780                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
5781                                       isConstexpr);
5782 
5783   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5784     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
5785     if (DC->isRecord()) {
5786       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
5787       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
5788       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
5789                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
5790                                         D.getLocStart(),
5791                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
5792                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
5793 
5794       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
5795       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
5796       // it yet.
5797       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
5798           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
5799           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
5800         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
5801       }
5802 
5803       // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body
5804       // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as
5805       // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor.
5806       if (SemaRef.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() &&
5807           !Record->isDependentType() && Record->getDefinition() &&
5808           !Record->isBeingDefined()) {
5809         SemaRef.CheckDestructor(NewDD);
5810       }
5811 
5812       IsVirtualOkay = true;
5813       return NewDD;
5814 
5815     } else {
5816       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
5817       D.setInvalidType();
5818 
5819       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
5820       // code path.
5821       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
5822                                   D.getLocStart(),
5823                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
5824                                   SC, isInline,
5825                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
5826     }
5827 
5828   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
5829     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
5830       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5831            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
5832       return 0;
5833     }
5834 
5835     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
5836     IsVirtualOkay = true;
5837     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
5838                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
5839                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
5840                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
5841 
5842   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
5843     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
5844     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
5845     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
5846     // constructor if it has no return type).
5847     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
5848         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
5849       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
5850         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
5851         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
5852       return 0;
5853     }
5854 
5855     // This is a C++ method declaration.
5856     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
5857                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
5858                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
5859                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
5860                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
5861     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
5862     return Ret;
5863   } else {
5864     // Determine whether the function was written with a
5865     // prototype. This true when:
5866     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
5867     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
5868                                 D.getLocStart(),
5869                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
5870                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
5871   }
5872 }
5873 
5874 void Sema::checkVoidParamDecl(ParmVarDecl *Param) {
5875   // In C++, the empty parameter-type-list must be spelled "void"; a
5876   // typedef of void is not permitted.
5877   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5878       Param->getType().getUnqualifiedType() != Context.VoidTy) {
5879     bool IsTypeAlias = false;
5880     if (const TypedefType *TT = Param->getType()->getAs<TypedefType>())
5881       IsTypeAlias = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(TT->getDecl());
5882     else if (const TemplateSpecializationType *TST =
5883                Param->getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>())
5884       IsTypeAlias = TST->isTypeAlias();
5885     Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_param_typedef_of_void)
5886       << IsTypeAlias;
5887   }
5888 }
5889 
5890 NamedDecl*
5891 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5892                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5893                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5894                               bool &AddToScope) {
5895   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5896 
5897   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
5898 
5899   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
5900   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
5901   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5902   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
5903 
5904   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
5905     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5906          diag::err_invalid_thread)
5907       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5908 
5909   bool isFriend = false;
5910   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
5911   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
5912   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
5913 
5914   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
5915   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
5916   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
5917 
5918   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
5919 
5920   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
5921                                               isVirtualOkay);
5922   if (!NewFD) return 0;
5923 
5924   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
5925     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
5926 
5927   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5928     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
5929     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
5930     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
5931     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
5932     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
5933     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
5934       // C++ [class.friend]p5
5935       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
5936       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
5937       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
5938     }
5939 
5940     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
5941     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
5942     // return true).
5943     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
5944           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
5945       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
5946         NewFD->setPure(true);
5947     }
5948 
5949     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
5950     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
5951     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
5952     if (D.isInvalidType())
5953       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
5954 
5955     // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++
5956     // scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the
5957     // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5958     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5959 
5960     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5961     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5962     bool Invalid = false;
5963     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
5964           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5965                                   D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
5966                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5967                                   D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5968                                   TemplateParamLists.data(),
5969                                   TemplateParamLists.size(),
5970                                   isFriend,
5971                                   isExplicitSpecialization,
5972                                   Invalid)) {
5973       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
5974         // This is a function template
5975 
5976         // Check that we can declare a template here.
5977         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5978           return 0;
5979 
5980         // A destructor cannot be a template.
5981         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
5982           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
5983           return 0;
5984         }
5985 
5986         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
5987         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
5988         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
5989         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
5990           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
5991           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
5992             Invalid = true;
5993         }
5994 
5995 
5996         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
5997                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
5998                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
5999                                                         NewFD);
6000         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6001         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
6002 
6003         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
6004         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
6005           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6006                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
6007                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
6008         }
6009       } else {
6010         // This is a function template specialization.
6011         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6012         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6013         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6014                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6015                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
6016 
6017         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
6018         if (isFriend) {
6019           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
6020           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
6021 
6022           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
6023           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
6024           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
6025           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
6026           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
6027           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
6028           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6029             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
6030             InsertLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
6031           }
6032 
6033           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
6034             << Name << RemoveRange
6035             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
6036             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
6037         }
6038       }
6039     }
6040     else {
6041       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
6042       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
6043       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
6044         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6045         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6046                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6047                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
6048     }
6049 
6050     if (Invalid) {
6051       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6052       if (FunctionTemplate)
6053         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6054     }
6055 
6056     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
6057     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
6058     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
6059     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
6060     //
6061     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6062       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
6063         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6064              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
6065       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6066         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
6067         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6068              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
6069           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6070       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
6071         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
6072         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
6073         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6074              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
6075           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6076       } else {
6077         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
6078         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
6079       }
6080 
6081       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
6082           NewFD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType())
6083         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
6084     }
6085 
6086     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
6087     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
6088     //  declaration.
6089     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6090       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6091         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
6092         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
6093              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
6094           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
6095       }
6096     }
6097 
6098     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
6099     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
6100     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
6101     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
6102     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6103       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6104         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
6105         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6106              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
6107           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6108       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
6109                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
6110         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
6111         // or conversion function.
6112         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6113              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
6114           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
6115       }
6116     }
6117 
6118     if (isConstexpr) {
6119       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
6120       // are implicitly inline.
6121       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6122 
6123       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
6124       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
6125       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
6126       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
6127         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
6128     }
6129 
6130     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
6131     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
6132       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
6133         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
6134           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
6135         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
6136           << 0
6137           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
6138       } else {
6139         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
6140         if (FunctionTemplate)
6141           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
6142       }
6143     }
6144 
6145     if (isFriend) {
6146       // For now, claim that the objects have no previous declaration.
6147       if (FunctionTemplate) {
6148         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
6149         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
6150       }
6151       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(false);
6152       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
6153     }
6154 
6155     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
6156     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
6157       case FDK_Declaration:
6158       case FDK_Definition:
6159         break;
6160 
6161       case FDK_Defaulted:
6162         NewFD->setDefaulted();
6163         break;
6164 
6165       case FDK_Deleted:
6166         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
6167         break;
6168     }
6169 
6170     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
6171         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6172       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
6173       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
6174       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
6175       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6176     }
6177 
6178     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
6179         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
6180       // C++ [class.static]p1:
6181       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
6182       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
6183       //   the class.
6184 
6185       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
6186       // member function definition.
6187       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6188            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
6189         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6190     }
6191 
6192     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
6193     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
6194     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
6195     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6196     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
6197          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
6198         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) {
6199       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
6200       EPI.ExceptionSpecType = EST_BasicNoexcept;
6201       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(),
6202                                              FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI));
6203     }
6204   }
6205 
6206   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
6207   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
6208                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
6209                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
6210 
6211   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
6212   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
6213     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
6214     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
6215     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
6216                                                 SE->getString()));
6217   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
6218     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
6219       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
6220     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
6221       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
6222       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
6223     }
6224   }
6225 
6226   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
6227   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
6228   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
6229   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
6230     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
6231 
6232     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
6233     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
6234     // single void argument.
6235     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
6236     // already checks for that case.
6237     if (FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
6238         FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param &&
6239         cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param)->getType()->isVoidType()) {
6240       // Empty arg list, don't push any params.
6241       checkVoidParamDecl(cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param));
6242     } else if (FTI.NumArgs > 0 && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param != 0) {
6243       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i) {
6244         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param);
6245         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
6246         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
6247         Params.push_back(Param);
6248 
6249         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
6250           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6251       }
6252     }
6253 
6254   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6255     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
6256     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
6257     // parameters for use in the declaration.
6258     //
6259     // @code
6260     // typedef void fn(int);
6261     // fn f;
6262     // @endcode
6263 
6264     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
6265     for (FunctionProtoType::arg_type_iterator AI = FT->arg_type_begin(),
6266          AE = FT->arg_type_end(); AI != AE; ++AI) {
6267       ParmVarDecl *Param =
6268         BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), *AI);
6269       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
6270       Params.push_back(Param);
6271     }
6272   } else {
6273     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
6274            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
6275   }
6276 
6277   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
6278   NewFD->setParams(Params);
6279 
6280   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
6281   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
6282   //
6283   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
6284   //
6285   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
6286   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
6287   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
6288 
6289   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
6290     NewFD->addAttr(
6291         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
6292                                        Context));
6293 
6294   // Process the non-inheritable attributes on this declaration.
6295   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
6296                         /*NonInheritable=*/true, /*Inheritable=*/false);
6297 
6298   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
6299   // because all functions have linkage.
6300   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6301       NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
6302     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
6303     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6304   }
6305 
6306   // Handle attributes.
6307   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D,
6308                         /*NonInheritable=*/false, /*Inheritable=*/true);
6309 
6310   QualType RetType = NewFD->getResultType();
6311   const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ?
6312       RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
6313   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() &&
6314       Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) {
6315     const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6316     if (!(MD && MD->getCorrespondingMethodInClass(Ret, true))) {
6317       NewFD->addAttr(new (Context) WarnUnusedResultAttr(SourceRange(),
6318                                                         Context));
6319     }
6320   }
6321 
6322   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6323     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
6324     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
6325     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6326       if (NewFD->isMain())
6327         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
6328       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
6329                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
6330     }
6331     // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
6332     else if (!Previous.empty())
6333            D.setRedeclaration(true);
6334     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
6335             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
6336            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
6337   } else {
6338     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
6339     // argument list into our AST format.
6340     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6341       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
6342       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
6343       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
6344       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
6345                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
6346       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
6347                                  TemplateArgs);
6348 
6349       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
6350 
6351       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6352         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6353       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
6354         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
6355         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
6356           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
6357 
6358         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6359       } else if (!isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
6360                  !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
6361         // We have encountered something that the user meant to be a
6362         // specialization (because it has explicitly-specified template
6363         // arguments) but that was not introduced with a "template<>" (or had
6364         // too few of them).
6365         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_needs_header)
6366           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc)
6367           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
6368                                     D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
6369                                         "template<> ");
6370         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6371       } else {
6372         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
6373         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6374       }
6375     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
6376       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
6377       // wrote something like:
6378       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
6379       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
6380       //   friend void foo<>(int);
6381       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
6382       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
6383         TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6384       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6385     }
6386 
6387     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
6388     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
6389     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
6390     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
6391     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
6392     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
6393         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
6394          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
6395             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
6396             InstantiationDependent))) {
6397       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
6398              "friend function specialization without template args");
6399       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
6400                                                        Previous))
6401         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6402     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
6403       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
6404           && !isFriend) {
6405         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
6406         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
6407           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
6408           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
6409           << NewFD->getDeclName();
6410       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
6411                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : 0),
6412                                                      Previous))
6413         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6414 
6415       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
6416       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
6417       //   specialization (14.7.3)
6418       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
6419           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
6420       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
6421         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
6422           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
6423                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
6424             << SC
6425             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
6426                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6427 
6428         else
6429           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
6430                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
6431             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
6432                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6433       }
6434 
6435     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
6436       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
6437           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6438     }
6439 
6440     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
6441     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
6442       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6443         // If this is a class member, mark the class invalid immediately.
6444         // This avoids some consistency errors later.
6445         if (CXXMethodDecl* methodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6446           methodDecl->getParent()->setInvalidDecl();
6447       } else {
6448         if (NewFD->isMain())
6449           CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
6450         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
6451                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
6452       }
6453     }
6454 
6455     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
6456             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
6457            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
6458 
6459     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
6460                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
6461                                 : NewFD);
6462 
6463     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
6464       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
6465       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
6466         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
6467 
6468       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
6469       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
6470 
6471       PrincipalDecl->setObjectOfFriendDecl(true);
6472     }
6473 
6474     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
6475         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
6476       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
6477 
6478     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
6479     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
6480     if (FunctionTemplate) {
6481       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
6482                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
6483       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
6484                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() : 0,
6485                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
6486                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
6487                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
6488                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
6489                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
6490                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
6491                                  DC->isDependentContext())
6492                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
6493                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
6494     }
6495 
6496     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6497       // Ignore all the rest of this.
6498     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
6499       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
6500                                        AddToScope };
6501       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
6502       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
6503         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
6504 
6505       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
6506       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6507         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
6508         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
6509 
6510         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
6511         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
6512         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
6513         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
6514         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
6515         // can actually do this check immediately.
6516         if (isFriend &&
6517             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
6518              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
6519              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
6520           // ignore these
6521         } else {
6522           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
6523           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
6524           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
6525           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
6526           //
6527           // class X {
6528           //   void f() const;
6529           // };
6530           //
6531           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
6532           //
6533           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
6534           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
6535           // whether the parameter types are references).
6536 
6537           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
6538                                                                NewFD,
6539                                                                ExtraArgs)) {
6540             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
6541             return Result;
6542           }
6543         }
6544 
6545         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
6546         // to something.
6547       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
6548         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(*this, Previous,
6549                                                              NewFD,
6550                                                              ExtraArgs)) {
6551           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
6552           return Result;
6553         }
6554       }
6555 
6556     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
6557                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
6558                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
6559       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
6560       // definition (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6561       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
6562       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
6563       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
6564       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
6565       // generate them.
6566       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
6567         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6568     }
6569   }
6570 
6571   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
6572   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
6573 
6574   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
6575 
6576   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
6577       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
6578     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
6579          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
6580       << NewFD;
6581 
6582     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
6583     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
6584     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI;
6585     EPI.Variadic = true;
6586     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
6587 
6588     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getResultType(), None, EPI);
6589     NewFD->setType(R);
6590   }
6591 
6592   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
6593   // member, set the visibility of this function.
6594   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
6595     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
6596 
6597   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
6598   // marking the function.
6599   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
6600 
6601   // If this is a locally-scoped extern C function, update the
6602   // map of such names.
6603   if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && NewFD->isExternC()
6604       && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
6605     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, Previous, S);
6606 
6607   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
6608   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
6609 
6610   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6611     if (FunctionTemplate) {
6612       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
6613         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6614       return FunctionTemplate;
6615     }
6616   }
6617 
6618   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
6619     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
6620     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
6621         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
6622       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
6623       D.setInvalidType();
6624     }
6625 
6626     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
6627     if (!NewFD->getResultType()->isVoidType()) {
6628       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6629            diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type);
6630       D.setInvalidType();
6631     }
6632 
6633     for (FunctionDecl::param_iterator PI = NewFD->param_begin(),
6634          PE = NewFD->param_end(); PI != PE; ++PI) {
6635       ParmVarDecl *Param = *PI;
6636       QualType PT = Param->getType();
6637 
6638       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6639       // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6640       // pointer to a pointer type.
6641       if (PT->isPointerType() && PT->getPointeeType()->isPointerType()) {
6642         Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_arg);
6643         D.setInvalidType();
6644       }
6645 
6646       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
6647       // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
6648       // of event_t type.
6649       if (PT->isEventT()) {
6650         Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_event_t_kernel_arg);
6651         D.setInvalidType();
6652       }
6653     }
6654   }
6655 
6656   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
6657 
6658   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
6659     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
6660       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6661           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6662         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
6663           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getResultType()->isScalarType())
6664             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
6665 
6666           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
6667         }
6668       }
6669 
6670   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
6671   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
6672   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
6673   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
6674     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
6675                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
6676                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
6677                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
6678                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
6679     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
6680     AddToScope = false;
6681   }
6682 
6683   return NewFD;
6684 }
6685 
6686 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
6687 ///
6688 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
6689 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
6690 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
6691 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
6692 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
6693 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
6694 /// via InstantiateDecl).
6695 ///
6696 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
6697 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
6698 ///
6699 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
6700 ///
6701 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
6702 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6703                                     LookupResult &Previous,
6704                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
6705   assert(!NewFD->getResultType()->isVariablyModifiedType()
6706          && "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
6707 
6708   // Check for a previous declaration of this name.
6709   if (Previous.empty() && mayConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(NewFD)) {
6710     // Since we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
6711     // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
6712     llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
6713       = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD->getDeclName());
6714     if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
6715       Previous.addDecl(Pos->second);
6716   }
6717 
6718   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
6719   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
6720 
6721   bool Redeclaration = false;
6722   NamedDecl *OldDecl = 0;
6723 
6724   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
6725   // the same name, if appropriate.
6726   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6727     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
6728     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
6729     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
6730     // function to the scope.
6731     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
6732       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
6733       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
6734         Redeclaration = true;
6735         OldDecl = Candidate;
6736       }
6737     } else {
6738       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
6739                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
6740       case Ovl_Match:
6741         Redeclaration = true;
6742         break;
6743 
6744       case Ovl_NonFunction:
6745         Redeclaration = true;
6746         break;
6747 
6748       case Ovl_Overload:
6749         Redeclaration = false;
6750         break;
6751       }
6752 
6753       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
6754         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
6755         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
6756         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
6757           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
6758         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = 0;
6759         if (Redeclaration)
6760           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
6761         else if (!Previous.empty())
6762           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
6763         if (OverloadedDecl)
6764           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
6765                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
6766         NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) OverloadableAttr(SourceLocation(),
6767                                                         Context));
6768       }
6769     }
6770   }
6771 
6772   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
6773   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
6774   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
6775   //
6776   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
6777   // definition of a static member function.
6778   //
6779   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
6780   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
6781   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6782   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
6783       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
6784       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
6785     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
6786     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTD =
6787           dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
6788       OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldTD->getTemplatedDecl());
6789     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
6790       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
6791         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6792       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
6793       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
6794       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getResultType(),
6795                                           FPT->getArgTypes(), EPI));
6796 
6797       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
6798       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
6799       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
6800         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
6801         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
6802                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
6803           AddConstLoc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
6804 
6805         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const)
6806           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
6807       }
6808     }
6809   }
6810 
6811   if (Redeclaration) {
6812     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
6813     // merged.
6814     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S)) {
6815       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6816       return Redeclaration;
6817     }
6818 
6819     Previous.clear();
6820     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
6821 
6822     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
6823                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
6824       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
6825       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
6826         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
6827       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
6828       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
6829             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
6830         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
6831         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
6832       }
6833 
6834       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
6835       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
6836       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
6837           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
6838         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
6839         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
6840       }
6841 
6842     } else {
6843       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
6844       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
6845 
6846       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
6847         // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line,
6848         // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition
6849         // because of templates, which means that the previous
6850         // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition.
6851 
6852         // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter.
6853         CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
6854         NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess());
6855 
6856         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
6857         if (NewFD->isInlined() &&
6858             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
6859           // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original
6860           // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is
6861           // just faster in that case, so map back to that now.
6862           oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDeclaration());
6863           if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) {
6864             Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod);
6865           }
6866         }
6867       }
6868     }
6869   }
6870 
6871   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
6872   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6873     // C++-specific checks.
6874     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
6875       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
6876     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
6877                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
6878       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
6879       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
6880 
6881       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
6882       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
6883       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
6884         DeclarationName Name
6885           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
6886                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
6887         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
6888           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
6889           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6890           return Redeclaration;
6891         }
6892       }
6893     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
6894                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
6895       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
6896     }
6897 
6898     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
6899     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
6900       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
6901           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
6902           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
6903         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
6904           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
6905           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
6906             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
6907           }
6908         }
6909       }
6910 
6911       if (Method->isStatic())
6912         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
6913     }
6914 
6915     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
6916     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
6917         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
6918       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6919       return Redeclaration;
6920     }
6921 
6922     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
6923     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
6924         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
6925       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6926       return Redeclaration;
6927     }
6928 
6929     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
6930     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
6931     // during delayed parsing anyway.
6932     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
6933       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
6934 
6935     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
6936     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
6937     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
6938       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
6939       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
6940       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
6941       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
6942         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
6943         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
6944         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
6945       }
6946     }
6947 
6948     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
6949     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
6950     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
6951     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
6952     if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) {
6953       QualType R = NewFD->getResultType();
6954       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
6955         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
6956             << NewFD << R;
6957       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
6958                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
6959         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
6960     }
6961   }
6962   return Redeclaration;
6963 }
6964 
6965 static SourceRange getResultSourceRange(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
6966   const TypeSourceInfo *TSI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6967   if (!TSI)
6968     return SourceRange();
6969 
6970   TypeLoc TL = TSI->getTypeLoc();
6971   FunctionTypeLoc FunctionTL = TL.getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>();
6972   if (!FunctionTL)
6973     return SourceRange();
6974 
6975   TypeLoc ResultTL = FunctionTL.getResultLoc();
6976   if (ResultTL.getUnqualifiedLoc().getAs<BuiltinTypeLoc>())
6977     return ResultTL.getSourceRange();
6978 
6979   return SourceRange();
6980 }
6981 
6982 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
6983   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:  A program that declares main to be inline,
6984   //   static or constexpr is ill-formed.
6985   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
6986   //   appear in a declaration of main.
6987   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
6988   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
6989   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
6990     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
6991          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
6992       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6993   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
6994     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
6995       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
6996   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
6997     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
6998     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc,
6999                               PP.getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
7000     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
7001     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
7002       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
7003   }
7004   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
7005     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
7006       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
7007     FD->setConstexpr(false);
7008   }
7009 
7010   QualType T = FD->getType();
7011   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7012   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7013 
7014   // All the standards say that main() should should return 'int'.
7015   if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getResultType(), Context.IntTy)) {
7016     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
7017     // set the flag which tells us that.
7018     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
7019     FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7020 
7021   // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
7022   // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
7023   // implicit-return-zero rule.
7024   } else if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7025     Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
7026 
7027     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7028     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7029       Diag(ResultRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
7030           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7031 
7032   // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
7033   } else {
7034     SourceRange ResultRange = getResultSourceRange(FD);
7035     if (ResultRange.isValid())
7036       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
7037           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(ResultRange, "int");
7038     else
7039       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint);
7040 
7041     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7042   }
7043 
7044   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
7045   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
7046 
7047   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
7048   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumArgs();
7049   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
7050 
7051   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
7052 
7053   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
7054   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
7055   // getting shifty.
7056   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
7057     HasExtraParameters = false;
7058 
7059   if (HasExtraParameters) {
7060     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
7061     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7062     nparams = 3;
7063   }
7064 
7065   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
7066   // if we had some location information about types.
7067 
7068   QualType CharPP =
7069     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
7070   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
7071 
7072   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
7073     QualType AT = FTP->getArgType(i);
7074 
7075     bool mismatch = true;
7076 
7077     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
7078       mismatch = false;
7079     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
7080       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
7081       //   char const **
7082       //   char const * const *
7083       //   char * const *
7084 
7085       QualifierCollector qs;
7086       const PointerType* PT;
7087       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7088           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
7089           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
7090                               Context.CharTy)) {
7091         qs.removeConst();
7092         mismatch = !qs.empty();
7093       }
7094     }
7095 
7096     if (mismatch) {
7097       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
7098       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
7099       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7100     }
7101   }
7102 
7103   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7104     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
7105   }
7106 
7107   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
7108     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_template_decl);
7109     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7110   }
7111 }
7112 
7113 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
7114   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
7115   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
7116   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
7117   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
7118   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
7119   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
7120   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
7121   // rules there don't matter.)
7122   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false))
7123     return false;
7124   Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
7125     << Init->getSourceRange();
7126   return true;
7127 }
7128 
7129 namespace {
7130   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
7131   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
7132   class SelfReferenceChecker
7133       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
7134     Sema &S;
7135     Decl *OrigDecl;
7136     bool isRecordType;
7137     bool isPODType;
7138     bool isReferenceType;
7139 
7140   public:
7141     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
7142 
7143     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
7144                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
7145       isPODType = false;
7146       isRecordType = false;
7147       isReferenceType = false;
7148       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
7149         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
7150         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
7151         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
7152       }
7153     }
7154 
7155     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
7156     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
7157     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
7158     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
7159       if (isReferenceType)
7160         return;
7161       E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7162       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
7163         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7164         return;
7165       }
7166 
7167       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
7168         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
7169         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
7170         return;
7171       }
7172 
7173       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
7174         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7175         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
7176           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
7177           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
7178             return;
7179           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7180         }
7181         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
7182           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7183         return;
7184       }
7185     }
7186 
7187     // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are
7188     // bad, not just r-value uses.
7189     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
7190       if (isReferenceType)
7191         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
7192     }
7193 
7194     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
7195       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue ||
7196           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
7197         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
7198 
7199       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
7200     }
7201 
7202     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
7203       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
7204       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
7205 
7206       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
7207       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
7208       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
7209       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
7210       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7211       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
7212         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
7213           Warn = false;
7214         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7215       }
7216 
7217       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
7218         if (Warn)
7219           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7220         return;
7221       }
7222 
7223       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
7224       // Visit that expression.
7225       Visit(Base);
7226     }
7227 
7228     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
7229       if (E->getNumArgs() > 0)
7230         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0)))
7231           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
7232 
7233       Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
7234     }
7235 
7236     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
7237       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
7238       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
7239           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
7240         if (!isPODType)
7241           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
7242         return;
7243       }
7244       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
7245     }
7246 
7247     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
7248 
7249     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
7250       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
7251       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
7252       unsigned diag;
7253       if (isReferenceType) {
7254         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
7255       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
7256         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
7257       } else {
7258         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
7259       }
7260 
7261       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
7262                             S.PDiag(diag)
7263                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
7264                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
7265                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
7266     }
7267   };
7268 
7269   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
7270   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
7271                                  bool DirectInit) {
7272     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
7273     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
7274     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
7275       return;
7276 
7277     E = E->IgnoreParens();
7278 
7279     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
7280     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
7281     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
7282       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
7283         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
7284           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
7285             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
7286               return;
7287 
7288     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E);
7289   }
7290 }
7291 
7292 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
7293 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
7294 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
7295 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
7296                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
7297   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
7298   // the initializer.
7299   if (RealDecl == 0 || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
7300     return;
7301 
7302   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
7303     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
7304     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
7305     // Thus this grotesque test.
7306     IntegerLiteral *IL;
7307     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
7308         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
7309       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
7310     else {
7311       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
7312         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
7313       Method->setInvalidDecl();
7314     }
7315     return;
7316   }
7317 
7318   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
7319   if (!VDecl) {
7320     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
7321     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
7322     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7323     return;
7324   }
7325 
7326   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
7327 
7328   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
7329   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
7330     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
7331     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
7332     // contains exactly one expression.
7333     if (CXXDirectInit) {
7334       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
7335         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
7336         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
7337         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
7338              diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
7339           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
7340           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
7341         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7342         return;
7343       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
7344         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
7345              diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
7346           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
7347           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
7348         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7349         return;
7350       } else {
7351         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
7352       }
7353     }
7354 
7355     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
7356     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
7357     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
7358         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
7359       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
7360       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
7361         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7362         return;
7363       }
7364       Init = Result.take();
7365       DefaultedToAuto = true;
7366     }
7367 
7368     QualType DeducedType;
7369     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
7370             DAR_Failed)
7371       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
7372     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
7373       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7374       return;
7375     }
7376     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
7377     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
7378 
7379     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
7380     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
7381       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7382 
7383     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
7384     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
7385     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
7386     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
7387     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
7388         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
7389       SourceLocation Loc =
7390           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
7391       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
7392         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
7393     }
7394 
7395     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
7396     // the previously declared type.
7397     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl())
7398       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*OldWasHidden*/ false);
7399 
7400     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
7401     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
7402     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
7403       return;
7404   }
7405 
7406   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
7407     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
7408     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
7409     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7410     return;
7411   }
7412 
7413   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
7414     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
7415     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
7416     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
7417     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
7418     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
7419       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
7420     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
7421                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
7422       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7423       return;
7424     }
7425 
7426     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
7427     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
7428                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
7429                                AbstractVariableType))
7430       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7431   }
7432 
7433   const VarDecl *Def;
7434   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
7435     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
7436       << VDecl->getDeclName();
7437     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
7438     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7439     return;
7440   }
7441 
7442   const VarDecl* PrevInit = 0;
7443   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7444     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
7445     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
7446     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
7447     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
7448     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
7449     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
7450     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
7451     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
7452     //
7453     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
7454     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
7455     // declaration with an initializer.
7456     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
7457       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
7458         << VDecl->getDeclName();
7459       Diag(PrevInit->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
7460       return;
7461     }
7462 
7463     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
7464       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
7465 
7466     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
7467       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7468       return;
7469     }
7470   }
7471 
7472   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
7473   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
7474   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
7475     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
7476     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7477     return;
7478   }
7479 
7480   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
7481   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
7482   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
7483 
7484   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
7485   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
7486   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
7487       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
7488     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
7489     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
7490       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7491       return;
7492     }
7493     Init = Result.take();
7494   }
7495 
7496   // Perform the initialization.
7497   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
7498     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
7499     InitializationKind Kind
7500       = DirectInit ?
7501           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
7502                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
7503                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
7504                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
7505                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
7506                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
7507                                                     Init->getLocStart());
7508 
7509     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
7510     if (CXXDirectInit)
7511       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
7512                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
7513 
7514     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
7515     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
7516     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
7517       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7518       return;
7519     }
7520 
7521     Init = Result.takeAs<Expr>();
7522   }
7523 
7524   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
7525   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
7526   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
7527   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
7528       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
7529     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
7530   }
7531 
7532   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
7533   // completed by the initializer. For example:
7534   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
7535   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
7536   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
7537     VDecl->setType(DclT);
7538 
7539   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
7540     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
7541 
7542     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
7543       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
7544 
7545     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
7546     // Although this code can still have problems:
7547     //   id x = self.weakProp;
7548     //   id y = self.weakProp;
7549     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
7550     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
7551     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
7552     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong) {
7553       DiagnosticsEngine::Level Level =
7554         Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
7555                                  Init->getLocStart());
7556       if (Level != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
7557         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
7558     }
7559   }
7560 
7561   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
7562   //
7563   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
7564   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
7565   // full-expression. For instance, in:
7566   //
7567   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
7568   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
7569   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
7570   //
7571   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
7572   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
7573                                           false,
7574                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
7575   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
7576     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7577     return;
7578   }
7579   Init = Result.take();
7580 
7581   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
7582   VDecl->setInit(Init);
7583 
7584   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
7585     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
7586     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
7587     // C++ does not have this restriction.
7588     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() &&
7589         VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
7590       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
7591   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
7592              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
7593     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
7594     //
7595     // struct S {
7596     //   static const int value = 17;
7597     // };
7598 
7599     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
7600     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
7601     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
7602     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
7603     //
7604     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
7605     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
7606     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
7607     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
7608     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
7609     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
7610     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
7611     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
7612     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
7613 
7614     // Do nothing on dependent types.
7615     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
7616 
7617     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
7618     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
7619     // type.
7620     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
7621 
7622     // Require constness.
7623     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
7624       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
7625         << Init->getSourceRange();
7626       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7627 
7628     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
7629     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
7630       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
7631       SourceLocation Loc;
7632       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
7633         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
7634         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
7635         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
7636       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
7637         ; // Nothing to check.
7638       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
7639         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
7640       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
7641         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
7642         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
7643         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
7644           << Init->getSourceRange();
7645       } else {
7646         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
7647         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
7648         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
7649           << Init->getSourceRange();
7650         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7651       }
7652 
7653     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
7654     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
7655       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
7656       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
7657       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
7658         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
7659              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
7660             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
7661         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
7662              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
7663             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
7664       } else {
7665         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
7666           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
7667 
7668         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
7669           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
7670             << Init->getSourceRange();
7671           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7672         }
7673       }
7674 
7675     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
7676     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
7677       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
7678         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
7679         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
7680       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
7681 
7682     } else {
7683       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
7684         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
7685       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
7686     }
7687   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
7688     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
7689         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
7690          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
7691            VDecl->isExternC())))
7692       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
7693 
7694     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
7695     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
7696       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
7697     else if (VDecl->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static &&
7698              !VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && !DclT->isDependentType() &&
7699              !Init->isValueDependent() && !VDecl->isConstexpr() &&
7700              !Init->isConstantInitializer(
7701                  Context, VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType())) {
7702       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
7703       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
7704       //   initialization.
7705       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
7706       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init);
7707       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
7708         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
7709     }
7710   }
7711 
7712   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
7713   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
7714   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
7715   //
7716   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
7717   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
7718   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
7719   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
7720   // special case code.
7721 
7722   // C++ 8.5p11:
7723   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
7724   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
7725   // class type.
7726   if (CXXDirectInit) {
7727     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
7728     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
7729   } else if (DirectInit) {
7730     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
7731     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
7732   }
7733 
7734   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
7735 }
7736 
7737 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
7738 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
7739 /// of sanity.
7740 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
7741   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
7742   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
7743   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
7744 
7745   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
7746   if (!VD) return;
7747 
7748   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
7749   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
7750     D->setInvalidDecl();
7751     return;
7752   }
7753 
7754   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
7755   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
7756 
7757   // Require a complete type.
7758   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
7759                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
7760                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
7761     VD->setInvalidDecl();
7762     return;
7763   }
7764 
7765   // Require an abstract type.
7766   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
7767                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
7768                              AbstractVariableType)) {
7769     VD->setInvalidDecl();
7770     return;
7771   }
7772 
7773   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
7774   // though.
7775 }
7776 
7777 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
7778                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
7779   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
7780   if (RealDecl == 0)
7781     return;
7782 
7783   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
7784     QualType Type = Var->getType();
7785 
7786     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
7787     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
7788       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
7789         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
7790       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7791       return;
7792     }
7793 
7794     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
7795     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
7796     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
7797     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
7798     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
7799     // member.
7800     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
7801       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
7802         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
7803              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
7804           << Var->getDeclName();
7805       else
7806         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
7807       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7808       return;
7809     }
7810 
7811     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
7812     case VarDecl::Definition:
7813       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
7814         break;
7815 
7816       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
7817       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
7818       // a declaration.
7819       //
7820       // Fall through
7821 
7822     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
7823       // It's only a declaration.
7824 
7825       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
7826       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
7827       // object shall be complete.
7828       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
7829           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
7830           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
7831                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
7832         Var->setInvalidDecl();
7833 
7834       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
7835       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
7836           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
7837                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
7838                                  AbstractVariableType))
7839         Var->setInvalidDecl();
7840       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
7841           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
7842         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
7843         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
7844       }
7845 
7846       return;
7847 
7848     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
7849       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
7850       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
7851       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
7852       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
7853       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
7854       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
7855         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
7856                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
7857           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
7858                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
7859                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
7860             Var->setInvalidDecl();
7861         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
7862           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
7863           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
7864           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
7865           // NOTE: code such as the following
7866           //     static struct s;
7867           //     struct s { int a; };
7868           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
7869           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
7870           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
7871           if (Var->getPreviousDecl() == 0)
7872             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
7873                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
7874         }
7875       }
7876 
7877       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
7878       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
7879         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
7880       return;
7881     }
7882 
7883     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
7884     // definitions with incomplete array type.
7885     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
7886       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
7887            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
7888       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7889       return;
7890     }
7891 
7892     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
7893     // definitions with reference type.
7894     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
7895       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
7896         << Var->getDeclName()
7897         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
7898       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7899       return;
7900     }
7901 
7902     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
7903     // variable with dependent type.
7904     if (Type->isDependentType())
7905       return;
7906 
7907     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
7908       return;
7909 
7910     if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
7911                             Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
7912                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
7913       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7914       return;
7915     }
7916 
7917     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
7918     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
7919                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
7920                                AbstractVariableType)) {
7921       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7922       return;
7923     }
7924 
7925     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
7926     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
7927     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
7928     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
7929     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
7930     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
7931     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
7932     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
7933     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
7934     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
7935     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
7936       if (const RecordType *Record
7937             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
7938         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
7939         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
7940         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
7941         // incompatibilities with C++98.
7942         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
7943           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
7944       }
7945     }
7946 
7947     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
7948     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
7949     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
7950     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
7951     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
7952     //   type shall have a user-declared default
7953     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
7954     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
7955     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
7956     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
7957     //   program is ill-formed.
7958     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
7959     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
7960     //   default-initialized; [...].
7961     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
7962     InitializationKind Kind
7963       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
7964 
7965     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
7966     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
7967     if (Init.isInvalid())
7968       Var->setInvalidDecl();
7969     else if (Init.get()) {
7970       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
7971       // This is important for template substitution.
7972       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
7973     }
7974 
7975     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
7976   }
7977 }
7978 
7979 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
7980   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
7981   if (!VD) {
7982     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
7983     D->setInvalidDecl();
7984     return;
7985   }
7986 
7987   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
7988 
7989   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
7990   int Error = -1;
7991   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
7992   case SC_None:
7993     break;
7994   case SC_Extern:
7995     Error = 0;
7996     break;
7997   case SC_Static:
7998     Error = 1;
7999     break;
8000   case SC_PrivateExtern:
8001     Error = 2;
8002     break;
8003   case SC_Auto:
8004     Error = 3;
8005     break;
8006   case SC_Register:
8007     Error = 4;
8008     break;
8009   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
8010     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
8011   }
8012   if (VD->isConstexpr())
8013     Error = 5;
8014   if (Error != -1) {
8015     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
8016       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
8017     D->setInvalidDecl();
8018   }
8019 }
8020 
8021 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
8022   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8023 
8024   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
8025   // local retaining variable.
8026   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
8027       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8028     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
8029     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
8030     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
8031     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
8032       break;
8033 
8034     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
8035     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
8036       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8037       break;
8038     }
8039   }
8040 
8041   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
8042       var->isExternallyVisible() &&
8043       getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(
8044                        diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
8045                        var->getLocation())) {
8046     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
8047     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
8048     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
8049       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
8050 
8051     if (!prev)
8052       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
8053   }
8054 
8055   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static &&
8056       var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
8057     // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
8058     //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
8059     //   have a non-trivial destructor.
8060     Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
8061     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8062       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
8063   }
8064 
8065   // All the following checks are C++ only.
8066   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
8067 
8068   QualType type = var->getType();
8069   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
8070 
8071   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
8072   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8073     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
8074     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
8075 
8076     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
8077     // constructing this copy.
8078     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
8079       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
8080       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
8081       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
8082       ExprResult result
8083         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
8084             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
8085             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
8086       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
8087         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
8088         Expr *init = result.takeAs<Expr>();
8089         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
8090       }
8091     }
8092   }
8093 
8094   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
8095   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
8096   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
8097 
8098   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
8099       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
8100     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
8101         getDiagnostics().getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_global_constructor,
8102                                             var->getLocation())
8103           != DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored &&
8104         !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
8105       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
8106         << Init->getSourceRange();
8107 
8108     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
8109       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
8110       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
8111         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
8112         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
8113         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
8114         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
8115               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
8116           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
8117           Notes.clear();
8118         }
8119         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
8120           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
8121         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
8122           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
8123       }
8124     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
8125       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
8126       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
8127       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
8128       var->checkInitIsICE();
8129     }
8130   }
8131 
8132   // Require the destructor.
8133   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
8134     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
8135 }
8136 
8137 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
8138 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
8139 void
8140 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
8141   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
8142   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
8143 
8144   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
8145   if (!VD)
8146     return;
8147 
8148   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
8149   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
8150   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
8151   if (!DC->isRecord() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
8152     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
8153 
8154   if (VD->isFileVarDecl())
8155     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
8156 
8157   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
8158   // tag values.
8159   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
8160       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
8161     return;
8162 
8163   for (specific_attr_iterator<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>
8164          I = ThisDecl->specific_attr_begin<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>(),
8165          E = ThisDecl->specific_attr_end<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>();
8166        I != E; ++I) {
8167     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
8168     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
8169       continue;
8170     }
8171     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
8172     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
8173       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
8174            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
8175         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
8176       continue;
8177     }
8178     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
8179       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
8180            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
8181         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
8182       continue;
8183     }
8184     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
8185     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
8186                                MagicValue,
8187                                I->getMatchingCType(),
8188                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
8189                                I->getMustBeNull());
8190   }
8191 }
8192 
8193 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
8194 Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
8195                               Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) {
8196   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
8197 
8198   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
8199     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
8200 
8201   for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i)
8202     if (Decl *D = Group[i])
8203       Decls.push_back(D);
8204 
8205   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType()))
8206     if (const TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl()))
8207       getASTContext().addUnnamedTag(Tag);
8208 
8209   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls.data(), Decls.size(),
8210                               DS.containsPlaceholderType());
8211 }
8212 
8213 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
8214 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
8215 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
8216 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls,
8217                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8218   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
8219   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
8220   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
8221   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
8222   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
8223   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
8224   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
8225   if (TypeMayContainAuto && NumDecls > 1) {
8226     QualType Deduced;
8227     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
8228     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = 0;
8229     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i) {
8230       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
8231         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
8232         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
8233         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
8234           break;
8235         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
8236         if (!U.isNull()) {
8237           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
8238           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
8239             Deduced = U;
8240             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
8241             DeducedDecl = D;
8242           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
8243             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
8244                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
8245               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
8246               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
8247               << U << D->getDeclName()
8248               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
8249               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
8250             D->setInvalidDecl();
8251             break;
8252           }
8253         }
8254       }
8255     }
8256   }
8257 
8258   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group, NumDecls);
8259 
8260   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, NumDecls));
8261 }
8262 
8263 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
8264   ActOnDocumentableDecls(&D, 1);
8265 }
8266 
8267 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(Decl **Group, unsigned NumDecls) {
8268   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
8269   if (NumDecls == 0 || !Group[0])
8270    return;
8271 
8272   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
8273                                Group[0]->getLocation())
8274         == DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
8275     return;
8276 
8277   if (NumDecls >= 2) {
8278     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
8279     // procuded from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
8280     // additional declaration references:
8281     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
8282     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
8283     //   'struct S *pS;'
8284     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
8285     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
8286     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
8287       Group++;
8288       NumDecls--;
8289     }
8290   }
8291 
8292   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
8293   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
8294   if (!Comments.empty() &&
8295       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
8296     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
8297     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
8298     //
8299     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
8300     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
8301     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
8302     // ahead through comments.
8303     for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumDecls; ++i)
8304       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
8305   }
8306 }
8307 
8308 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
8309 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
8310 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
8311   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
8312 
8313   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
8314   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
8315   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
8316   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
8317     StorageClass = SC_Register;
8318   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
8319              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
8320     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
8321   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
8322     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8323          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
8324     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
8325   }
8326 
8327   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
8328     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
8329       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
8330   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
8331     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
8332       << 0;
8333 
8334   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
8335 
8336   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
8337   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
8338 
8339   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8340     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
8341     // parameter.
8342     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
8343 
8344     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
8345     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
8346       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
8347         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
8348       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
8349     }
8350   }
8351 
8352   // Ensure we have a valid name
8353   IdentifierInfo *II = 0;
8354   if (D.hasName()) {
8355     II = D.getIdentifier();
8356     if (!II) {
8357       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
8358         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName().getAsString();
8359       D.setInvalidType(true);
8360     }
8361   }
8362 
8363   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
8364   if (II) {
8365     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
8366                    ForRedeclaration);
8367     LookupName(R, S);
8368     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
8369       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
8370       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
8371         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
8372         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
8373         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
8374         PrevDecl = 0;
8375       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
8376         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
8377         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
8378 
8379         // Recover by removing the name
8380         II = 0;
8381         D.SetIdentifier(0, D.getIdentifierLoc());
8382         D.setInvalidType(true);
8383       }
8384     }
8385   }
8386 
8387   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
8388   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
8389   // looking like class members in C++.
8390   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
8391                                     D.getLocStart(),
8392                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
8393                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
8394                                     StorageClass);
8395 
8396   if (D.isInvalidType())
8397     New->setInvalidDecl();
8398 
8399   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
8400   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
8401   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
8402                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
8403 
8404   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
8405   S->AddDecl(New);
8406   if (II)
8407     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
8408 
8409   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
8410 
8411   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
8412     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
8413       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
8414       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
8415       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
8416 
8417   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8418     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
8419   }
8420   return New;
8421 }
8422 
8423 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
8424 /// typedef.
8425 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
8426                                               SourceLocation Loc,
8427                                               QualType T) {
8428   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
8429      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
8430      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
8431   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, 0,
8432                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
8433                                            SC_None, 0);
8434   Param->setImplicit();
8435   return Param;
8436 }
8437 
8438 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
8439                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
8440   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
8441   // will already have done so in the template itself.
8442   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
8443     return;
8444 
8445   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
8446     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
8447         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
8448       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
8449         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
8450     }
8451   }
8452 }
8453 
8454 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
8455                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
8456                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
8457                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
8458   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
8459     return;
8460 
8461   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
8462   // threshold.
8463   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
8464     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
8465     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
8466       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
8467           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
8468   }
8469 
8470   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
8471   // threshold.
8472   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
8473     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
8474     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
8475       continue;
8476     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
8477     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
8478       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
8479           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
8480   }
8481 }
8482 
8483 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8484                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
8485                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
8486                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) {
8487   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
8488   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
8489       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
8490       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
8491 
8492     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
8493 
8494     // Special cases for arrays:
8495     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
8496     //   - otherwise, it's an error
8497     if (T->isArrayType()) {
8498       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
8499         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
8500             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
8501             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
8502       }
8503       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
8504     } else {
8505       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
8506     }
8507     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
8508   }
8509 
8510   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
8511                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
8512                                          TSInfo,
8513                                          StorageClass, 0);
8514 
8515   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
8516   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
8517   // the class has been completely parsed.
8518   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
8519       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8520                              AbstractParamType))
8521     New->setInvalidDecl();
8522 
8523   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
8524   // passed by reference.
8525   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
8526     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
8527     Diag(NameLoc,
8528          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
8529       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
8530     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
8531     New->setType(T);
8532   }
8533 
8534   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
8535   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
8536   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
8537   // an address space.
8538   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
8539     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
8540     New->setInvalidDecl();
8541   }
8542 
8543   return New;
8544 }
8545 
8546 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
8547                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
8548   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
8549 
8550   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
8551   // for a K&R function.
8552   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
8553     for (int i = FTI.NumArgs; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
8554       --i;
8555       if (FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param == 0) {
8556         SmallString<256> Code;
8557         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) << "  int "
8558                                         << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident->getName()
8559                                         << ";\n";
8560         Diag(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
8561           << FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident
8562           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
8563 
8564         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
8565         // type.
8566         AttributeFactory attrs;
8567         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
8568         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
8569         unsigned DiagID; // unused
8570         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc,
8571                            PrevSpec, DiagID);
8572         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
8573         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
8574         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
8575         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
8576         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Ident, FTI.ArgInfo[i].IdentLoc);
8577         FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
8578       }
8579     }
8580   }
8581 }
8582 
8583 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
8584   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == 0 && "Function parsing confused");
8585   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
8586   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
8587 
8588   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
8589   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
8590   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
8591 }
8592 
8593 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
8594                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
8595   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
8596   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
8597     return false;
8598 
8599   // Or declarations that aren't global.
8600   if (!FD->isGlobal())
8601     return false;
8602 
8603   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
8604   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
8605     return false;
8606 
8607   // Don't warn about 'main'.
8608   if (FD->isMain())
8609     return false;
8610 
8611   // Don't warn about inline functions.
8612   if (FD->isInlined())
8613     return false;
8614 
8615   // Don't warn about function templates.
8616   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
8617     return false;
8618 
8619   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
8620   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
8621     return false;
8622 
8623   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
8624   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
8625     return false;
8626 
8627   bool MissingPrototype = true;
8628   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
8629        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
8630     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
8631     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
8632     if (Prev->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
8633       continue;
8634 
8635     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
8636     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
8637       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
8638     break;
8639   }
8640 
8641   return MissingPrototype;
8642 }
8643 
8644 void Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD) {
8645   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
8646   // was an extern inline function.
8647   const FunctionDecl *Definition;
8648   if (FD->isDefined(Definition) &&
8649       !canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) {
8650     if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
8651         Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
8652       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
8653         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
8654     else
8655       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
8656     Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8657     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8658   }
8659 }
8660 
8661 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
8662   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
8663   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
8664 
8665   if (!D)
8666     return D;
8667   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
8668 
8669   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
8670     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
8671   else
8672     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
8673 
8674   // Enter a new function scope
8675   PushFunctionScope();
8676 
8677   // See if this is a redefinition.
8678   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
8679     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
8680 
8681   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
8682   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
8683     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
8684         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
8685       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
8686       FD->setInvalidDecl();
8687     }
8688   }
8689 
8690   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
8691   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
8692   QualType ResultType = FD->getResultType();
8693   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
8694       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
8695       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
8696                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
8697     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8698 
8699   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
8700   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
8701   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
8702   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
8703   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
8704   const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = 0;
8705   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
8706     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
8707 
8708     if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
8709       // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
8710       // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
8711       TypeSourceInfo* TI = PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo();
8712       TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
8713       if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
8714         Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
8715              diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
8716           << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
8717           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
8718     }
8719   }
8720 
8721   if (FnBodyScope)
8722     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
8723 
8724   // Check the validity of our function parameters
8725   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
8726                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
8727 
8728   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
8729   for (unsigned p = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); p < NumParams; ++p) {
8730     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(p);
8731     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
8732 
8733     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
8734     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
8735       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
8736 
8737       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
8738     }
8739   }
8740 
8741   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
8742   // introduce them into the function scope.
8743   if (FnBodyScope) {
8744     for (llvm::ArrayRef<NamedDecl*>::iterator I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
8745            E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); I != E; ++I) {
8746       NamedDecl *D = *I;
8747 
8748       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
8749       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
8750       // and reattach to the current context.
8751       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
8752         // Is the decl actually in the context?
8753         for (DeclContext::decl_iterator DI = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_begin(),
8754                DE = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls_end(); DI != DE; ++DI) {
8755           if (*DI == D) {
8756             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
8757             break;
8758           }
8759         }
8760         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
8761         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
8762       }
8763 
8764       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
8765       if (!D->getName().empty())
8766         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
8767 
8768       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
8769       // accessible in this scope.
8770       if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
8771         for (EnumDecl::enumerator_iterator EI = ED->enumerator_begin(),
8772                EE = ED->enumerator_end(); EI != EE; ++EI)
8773           PushOnScopeChains(*EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
8774       }
8775     }
8776   }
8777 
8778   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
8779   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
8780     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
8781 
8782   // Checking attributes of current function definition
8783   // dllimport attribute.
8784   DLLImportAttr *DA = FD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
8785   if (DA && (!FD->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>())) {
8786     // dllimport attribute cannot be directly applied to definition.
8787     // Microsoft accepts dllimport for functions defined within class scope.
8788     if (!DA->isInherited() &&
8789         !(LangOpts.MicrosoftExt && FD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
8790       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
8791            diag::err_attribute_can_be_applied_only_to_symbol_declaration)
8792         << "dllimport";
8793       FD->setInvalidDecl();
8794       return D;
8795     }
8796 
8797     // Visual C++ appears to not think this is an issue, so only issue
8798     // a warning when Microsoft extensions are disabled.
8799     if (!LangOpts.MicrosoftExt) {
8800       // If a symbol previously declared dllimport is later defined, the
8801       // attribute is ignored in subsequent references, and a warning is
8802       // emitted.
8803       Diag(FD->getLocation(),
8804            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
8805         << FD->getName() << "dllimport";
8806     }
8807   }
8808   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
8809   // a function template).
8810   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
8811   return D;
8812 }
8813 
8814 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
8815 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
8816 /// optimization.
8817 ///
8818 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
8819 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
8820 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
8821 /// use the named return value optimization.
8822 ///
8823 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
8824 /// statement in the function has the same NRVO candidate, that candidate is
8825 /// the NRVO variable.
8826 ///
8827 /// FIXME: Employ a smarter algorithm that accounts for multiple return
8828 /// statements and the lifetimes of the NRVO candidates. We should be able to
8829 /// find a maximal set of NRVO variables.
8830 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
8831   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
8832 
8833   const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = 0;
8834   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
8835     if (!Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
8836       return;
8837 
8838     if (!NRVOCandidate)
8839       NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate();
8840     else if (NRVOCandidate != Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate())
8841       return;
8842   }
8843 
8844   if (NRVOCandidate)
8845     const_cast<VarDecl*>(NRVOCandidate)->setNRVOVariable(true);
8846 }
8847 
8848 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
8849   if (!Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D))
8850     return false;
8851 
8852   if (isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D))
8853     return true;
8854 
8855   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
8856   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FTD = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
8857     FD = FTD->getTemplatedDecl();
8858   else
8859     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
8860 
8861   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
8862   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
8863   // rest of the file.
8864   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
8865   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
8866   return !FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType();
8867 }
8868 
8869 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
8870   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
8871     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
8872   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
8873     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
8874   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, 0);
8875 }
8876 
8877 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
8878   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
8879 }
8880 
8881 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
8882                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
8883   FunctionDecl *FD = 0;
8884   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl);
8885   if (FunTmpl)
8886     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
8887   else
8888     FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(dcl);
8889 
8890   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
8891   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = 0;
8892 
8893   if (FD) {
8894     FD->setBody(Body);
8895 
8896     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
8897         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getResultType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8898       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
8899       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
8900       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
8901       if (!FD->getResultType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
8902         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
8903           << FD->getResultType();
8904         FD->setInvalidDecl();
8905       } else {
8906         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
8907         TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().
8908             IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getResultLoc();
8909         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
8910             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
8911       }
8912     }
8913 
8914     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
8915     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
8916     // is the first declaration.
8917     if (FD->getPreviousDecl() != 0 && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
8918       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
8919         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
8920       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
8921                (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
8922                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
8923         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
8924     }
8925 
8926     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
8927     // don't complain about missing return statements.
8928     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
8929       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
8930 
8931     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
8932     // defined at class scope, warn about this non standard construct.
8933     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure())
8934       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_pure_function_definition);
8935 
8936     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8937       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
8938       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
8939                                              FD->getResultType(), FD);
8940 
8941       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
8942       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
8943         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
8944 
8945       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
8946       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
8947       // to deduce an implicit return type.
8948       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getResultType()->isRecordType() &&
8949           !FD->isDependentContext())
8950         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
8951     }
8952 
8953     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
8954            "Function parsing confused");
8955   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
8956     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
8957     MD->setBody(Body);
8958     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8959       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
8960       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
8961                                              MD->getResultType(), MD);
8962 
8963       if (Body)
8964         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
8965     }
8966     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
8967       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
8968         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
8969       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
8970     }
8971   } else {
8972     return 0;
8973   }
8974 
8975   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
8976          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
8977          "handled in the block above.");
8978 
8979   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
8980   if (Body) {
8981     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
8982     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
8983     // Verify this.
8984     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
8985       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
8986 
8987     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
8988     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
8989         !dcl->isInvalidDecl() &&
8990         !hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() &&
8991         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
8992       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
8993 
8994     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
8995       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
8996         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
8997 
8998       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
8999                                              Destructor->getParent());
9000     }
9001 
9002     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
9003     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
9004     // deletion in some later function.
9005     if (PP.getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
9006         PP.getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
9007       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
9008     }
9009     if (!PP.getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
9010         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
9011       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
9012       // enabled.
9013       ActivePolicy = &WP;
9014     }
9015 
9016     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9017         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
9018          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
9019       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9020 
9021     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
9022     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
9023     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
9024            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
9025   }
9026 
9027   if (!IsInstantiation)
9028     PopDeclContext();
9029 
9030   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
9031 
9032   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
9033   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
9034   // deletion in some later function.
9035   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
9036     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
9037   }
9038 
9039   return dcl;
9040 }
9041 
9042 
9043 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
9044 /// relevant Decl.
9045 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
9046                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
9047   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
9048   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
9049     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
9050   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
9051 
9052   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
9053     if (Method->isStatic())
9054       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
9055 }
9056 
9057 
9058 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
9059 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
9060 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
9061                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
9062   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
9063   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
9064   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
9065   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
9066   llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
9067     = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II);
9068   if (Pos != LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) {
9069     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << Pos->second;
9070     Diag(Pos->second->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9071     return Pos->second;
9072   }
9073 
9074   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
9075   unsigned diag_id;
9076   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
9077     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
9078   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
9079     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
9080   else
9081     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
9082   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
9083 
9084   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
9085   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
9086   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
9087     TypoCorrection Corrected;
9088     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
9089     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
9090                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, 0, Validator))) {
9091       std::string CorrectedStr = Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts());
9092       std::string CorrectedQuotedStr = Corrected.getQuoted(getLangOpts());
9093       FunctionDecl *Func = Corrected.getCorrectionDeclAs<FunctionDecl>();
9094 
9095       Diag(Loc, diag::note_function_suggestion) << CorrectedQuotedStr
9096           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(Loc, CorrectedStr);
9097 
9098       if (Func->getLocation().isValid()
9099           && !II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
9100         Diag(Func->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl)
9101             << CorrectedQuotedStr;
9102     }
9103   }
9104 
9105   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
9106   const char *Dummy;
9107   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
9108   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
9109   unsigned DiagID;
9110   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID);
9111   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
9112   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
9113   SourceLocation NoLoc;
9114   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
9115   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
9116                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
9117                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
9118                                              /*ArgInfo=*/0,
9119                                              /*NumArgs=*/0,
9120                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
9121                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
9122                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
9123                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
9124                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9125                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9126                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
9127                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
9128                                              EST_None,
9129                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
9130                                              /*Exceptions=*/0,
9131                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/0,
9132                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
9133                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/0,
9134                                              Loc, Loc, D),
9135                 DS.getAttributes(),
9136                 SourceLocation());
9137   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
9138 
9139   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
9140 
9141   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
9142   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
9143 
9144   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
9145   FD->setImplicit();
9146 
9147   CurContext = PrevDC;
9148 
9149   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
9150 
9151   return FD;
9152 }
9153 
9154 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
9155 /// the declaration of this function.
9156 ///
9157 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
9158 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
9159 /// like NSLog or printf.
9160 ///
9161 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
9162 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
9163 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
9164   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9165     return;
9166 
9167   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
9168   // actual attributes.
9169   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
9170     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
9171     unsigned FormatIdx;
9172     bool HasVAListArg;
9173     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
9174       if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
9175         const char *fmt = "printf";
9176         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
9177         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
9178             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
9179           fmt = "NSString";
9180         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
9181                                                fmt, FormatIdx+1,
9182                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
9183       }
9184     }
9185     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
9186                                              HasVAListArg)) {
9187      if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
9188        FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
9189                                               "scanf", FormatIdx+1,
9190                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2));
9191     }
9192 
9193     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
9194     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
9195     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
9196     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
9197         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
9198       if (!FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
9199         FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
9200     }
9201 
9202     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
9203         !FD->getAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
9204       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ReturnsTwiceAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
9205     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
9206       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) NoThrowAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
9207     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->getAttr<ConstAttr>())
9208       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) ConstAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context));
9209   }
9210 
9211   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
9212   if (!Name)
9213     return;
9214   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9215        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
9216       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
9217        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
9218        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
9219     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
9220     // about.
9221   } else
9222     return;
9223 
9224   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
9225     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
9226     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
9227     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatAttr>())
9228       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context,
9229                                              "printf", 2,
9230                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3));
9231   }
9232 
9233   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
9234     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
9235     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
9236     if (!FD->getAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
9237       FD->addAttr(::new (Context) FormatArgAttr(FD->getLocation(), Context, 1));
9238   }
9239 }
9240 
9241 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
9242                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
9243   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
9244   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
9245 
9246   if (!TInfo) {
9247     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
9248     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
9249   }
9250 
9251   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
9252   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
9253                                            D.getLocStart(),
9254                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
9255                                            D.getIdentifier(),
9256                                            TInfo);
9257 
9258   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
9259   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
9260     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
9261     return NewTD;
9262   }
9263 
9264   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
9265     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
9266       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
9267         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
9268         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
9269         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
9270     else
9271       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
9272   }
9273 
9274   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
9275   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
9276   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
9277   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
9278   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
9279   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
9280   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
9281   case TST_enum:
9282   case TST_struct:
9283   case TST_interface:
9284   case TST_union:
9285   case TST_class: {
9286     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
9287 
9288     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
9289     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
9290     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
9291     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
9292 
9293     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
9294     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
9295 
9296     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
9297     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
9298       break;
9299 
9300     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
9301     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
9302     break;
9303   }
9304 
9305   default:
9306     break;
9307   }
9308 
9309   return NewTD;
9310 }
9311 
9312 
9313 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
9314 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
9315   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
9316   QualType T = TI->getType();
9317 
9318   if (T->isDependentType())
9319     return false;
9320 
9321   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
9322     if (BT->isInteger())
9323       return false;
9324 
9325   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
9326   return true;
9327 }
9328 
9329 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
9330 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
9331 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
9332                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
9333                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
9334   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
9335 
9336   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
9337     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
9338       << Prev->isScoped();
9339     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
9340     return true;
9341   }
9342 
9343   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
9344     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
9345         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
9346         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
9347                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
9348       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
9349         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
9350       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
9351       return true;
9352     }
9353   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
9354     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
9355       << Prev->isFixed();
9356     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
9357     return true;
9358   }
9359 
9360   return false;
9361 }
9362 
9363 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
9364 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
9365 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
9366 ///
9367 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
9368 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
9369   switch (Tag) {
9370   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
9371   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
9372   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
9373   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
9374   }
9375 }
9376 
9377 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
9378 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
9379 ///
9380 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
9381 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
9382 {
9383   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
9384 }
9385 
9386 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
9387 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
9388 ///
9389 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
9390 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
9391                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
9392                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
9393                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
9394   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
9395   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
9396   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
9397   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
9398   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
9399   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
9400   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
9401   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
9402   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
9403   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
9404   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
9405   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
9406   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
9407   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
9408   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
9409     if (OldTag == NewTag)
9410       return true;
9411 
9412   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
9413     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
9414     bool isTemplate = false;
9415     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
9416       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
9417 
9418     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
9419       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
9420       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
9421       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
9422         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
9423         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
9424       return true;
9425     }
9426 
9427     if (isDefinition) {
9428       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
9429       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
9430       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
9431         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
9432         return true;
9433       }
9434 
9435       bool previousMismatch = false;
9436       for (TagDecl::redecl_iterator I(Previous->redecls_begin()),
9437            E(Previous->redecls_end()); I != E; ++I) {
9438         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
9439           if (!previousMismatch) {
9440             previousMismatch = true;
9441             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
9442               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
9443               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
9444           }
9445           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
9446             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
9447             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
9448                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
9449         }
9450       }
9451       return true;
9452     }
9453 
9454     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
9455     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
9456     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
9457     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
9458                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
9459     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
9460       return true;
9461     }
9462 
9463     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
9464       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
9465       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
9466     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
9467 
9468     // If there is a previous defintion, suggest a fix-it.
9469     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
9470         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
9471           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
9472           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
9473                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
9474     }
9475 
9476     return true;
9477   }
9478   return false;
9479 }
9480 
9481 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
9482 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
9483 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
9484 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
9485 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
9486                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
9487                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
9488                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
9489                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
9490                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
9491                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
9492                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
9493                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
9494                      TypeResult UnderlyingType) {
9495   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
9496   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
9497   assert((Name != 0 || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
9498          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
9499   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
9500 
9501   OwnedDecl = false;
9502   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
9503   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
9504 
9505   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
9506   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
9507   bool Invalid = false;
9508 
9509   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
9510   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
9511   // for non-C++ cases.
9512   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
9513       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
9514     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams
9515           = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(KWLoc, NameLoc, SS,
9516                                                 TemplateParameterLists.data(),
9517                                                 TemplateParameterLists.size(),
9518                                                     TUK == TUK_Friend,
9519                                                     isExplicitSpecialization,
9520                                                     Invalid)) {
9521       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
9522         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
9523         return 0;
9524       }
9525 
9526       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
9527         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
9528         // be a member of another template).
9529 
9530         if (Invalid)
9531           return 0;
9532 
9533         OwnedDecl = false;
9534         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
9535                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
9536                                                TemplateParams, AS,
9537                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
9538                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
9539                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
9540         return Result.get();
9541       } else {
9542         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
9543         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
9544           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
9545         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
9546       }
9547     }
9548   }
9549 
9550   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
9551   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
9552   // redeclaration.
9553   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
9554 
9555   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
9556     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
9557       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
9558       // type, default to int.
9559       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
9560     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
9561       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
9562       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
9563       TypeSourceInfo *TI = 0;
9564       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
9565       EnumUnderlying = TI;
9566 
9567       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
9568         // Recover by falling back to int.
9569         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
9570 
9571       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
9572                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
9573         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
9574 
9575     } else if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
9576       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
9577       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
9578   }
9579 
9580   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
9581   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
9582   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
9583 
9584   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
9585   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
9586     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
9587 
9588   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
9589 
9590   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
9591     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
9592 
9593     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
9594     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
9595       Name = 0;
9596       goto CreateNewDecl;
9597     }
9598 
9599     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
9600     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
9601     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
9602       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
9603       if (!DC) {
9604         IsDependent = true;
9605         return 0;
9606       }
9607     } else {
9608       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
9609       if (!DC) {
9610         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
9611           << SS.getRange();
9612         return 0;
9613       }
9614     }
9615 
9616     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
9617       return 0;
9618 
9619     SearchDC = DC;
9620     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
9621     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
9622 
9623     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
9624       return 0;
9625 
9626     if (Previous.empty()) {
9627       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
9628       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
9629       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
9630       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
9631       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
9632       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
9633       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
9634           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
9635         IsDependent = true;
9636         return 0;
9637       }
9638 
9639       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
9640       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
9641         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
9642       Name = 0;
9643       Invalid = true;
9644       goto CreateNewDecl;
9645     }
9646   } else if (Name) {
9647     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
9648     // declaration or definition.
9649     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
9650     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
9651     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
9652     LookupName(Previous, S);
9653 
9654     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
9655     // by types using'ed into this scope.
9656     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
9657         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
9658       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
9659       while (F.hasNext()) {
9660         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
9661         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
9662           F.erase();
9663       }
9664       F.done();
9665     }
9666 
9667     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
9668     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
9669     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
9670     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
9671     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
9672     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
9673     //
9674     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
9675     // semantic context?
9676     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
9677       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
9678       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
9679       while (F.hasNext()) {
9680         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
9681         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
9682         if (DC->isFileContext() && !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext()))
9683           F.erase();
9684       }
9685       F.done();
9686     }
9687 
9688     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
9689     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
9690       return 0;
9691 
9692     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
9693       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
9694       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
9695       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
9696       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
9697       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
9698         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
9699     }
9700   } else if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
9701     // If this is an enum declaration in function prototype scope, set its
9702     // initial context to the translation unit.
9703     // FIXME: [citation needed]
9704     SearchDC = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
9705   }
9706 
9707   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
9708       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
9709     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9710     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
9711     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9712     Previous.clear();
9713   }
9714 
9715   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
9716       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
9717     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
9718     isStdBadAlloc = true;
9719 
9720     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
9721       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
9722       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
9723       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
9724       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
9725     }
9726   }
9727 
9728   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
9729   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
9730   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
9731   // there's a shadow friend decl.
9732   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
9733       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
9734     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
9735     assert(SS.isEmpty());
9736 
9737     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
9738       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
9739       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
9740       //
9741       //          class-key identifier
9742       //
9743       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
9744       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
9745       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
9746       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
9747       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
9748       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
9749       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
9750       //      declaration.
9751       //
9752       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
9753       // C structs and unions.
9754       //
9755       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
9756       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
9757       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
9758       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
9759       //
9760       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
9761       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
9762       //
9763       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
9764       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
9765       // lexical context,
9766       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
9767         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
9768 
9769       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
9770       while (S->isClassScope() ||
9771              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9772               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
9773              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
9774              (S->getEntity() &&
9775               ((DeclContext *)S->getEntity())->isTransparentContext()))
9776         S = S->getParent();
9777     } else {
9778       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
9779       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
9780       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
9781       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
9782       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
9783       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
9784     }
9785 
9786     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
9787     // diagnose some problems.
9788     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9789       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
9790       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
9791     }
9792   }
9793 
9794   if (!Previous.empty()) {
9795     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = (*Previous.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
9796 
9797     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
9798     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
9799     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
9800     // in C++.
9801     //
9802     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
9803     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
9804     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
9805     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
9806     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9807       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9808         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
9809           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
9810           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
9811               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
9812                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
9813             PrevDecl = Tag;
9814             Previous.clear();
9815             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
9816             Previous.resolveKind();
9817           }
9818         }
9819       }
9820     }
9821 
9822     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
9823       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
9824       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
9825       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
9826       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
9827           isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, isExplicitSpecialization)) {
9828         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
9829         // struct or something similar.
9830         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
9831                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
9832                                           *Name)) {
9833           bool SafeToContinue
9834             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
9835                Kind != TTK_Enum);
9836           if (SafeToContinue)
9837             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
9838               << Name
9839               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
9840                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
9841           else
9842             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
9843           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
9844 
9845           if (SafeToContinue)
9846             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
9847           else {
9848             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
9849             Name = 0;
9850             Previous.clear();
9851             Invalid = true;
9852           }
9853         }
9854 
9855         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
9856           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
9857 
9858           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
9859           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
9860           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
9861             if (ScopedEnum)
9862               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
9863                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
9864                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
9865             return PrevTagDecl;
9866           }
9867 
9868           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
9869           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
9870             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType();
9871           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
9872             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
9873 
9874           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
9875           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
9876           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
9877           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
9878                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
9879             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : 0;
9880         }
9881 
9882         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
9883         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
9884         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
9885         //   and then later defined.
9886         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
9887             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
9888           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
9889           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9890         }
9891 
9892         if (!Invalid) {
9893           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found.
9894 
9895           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
9896           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
9897           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
9898           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
9899           if ((TUK == TUK_Reference && (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ||
9900                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) || TUK == TUK_Friend)
9901             return PrevTagDecl;
9902 
9903           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
9904           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
9905             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
9906               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
9907               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
9908               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
9909               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
9910               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
9911                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
9912                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
9913                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
9914                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
9915                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
9916                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
9917                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
9918                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
9919               }
9920 
9921               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
9922                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
9923                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
9924                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
9925                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
9926                 else
9927                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
9928                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9929                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
9930                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
9931                 // references get the previous definition.
9932                 Name = 0;
9933                 Previous.clear();
9934                 Invalid = true;
9935               }
9936             } else {
9937               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
9938               // about a nested redefinition.
9939               const TagType *Tag
9940                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
9941               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
9942                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
9943                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
9944                      diag::note_previous_definition);
9945                 Name = 0;
9946                 Previous.clear();
9947                 Invalid = true;
9948               }
9949             }
9950 
9951             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
9952             // tag PrevDecl. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
9953           }
9954         }
9955         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
9956         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
9957 
9958       } else {
9959         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
9960         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
9961         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
9962         // have distinct types.
9963         Previous.clear();
9964       }
9965       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
9966       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
9967       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
9968 
9969 
9970     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
9971     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
9972     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
9973     } else {
9974       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
9975       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
9976       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
9977       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
9978           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
9979         unsigned Kind = 0;
9980         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
9981         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
9982         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
9983         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
9984         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
9985         Invalid = true;
9986 
9987       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
9988       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
9989                                 isExplicitSpecialization)) {
9990         // do nothing
9991 
9992       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
9993       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
9994         unsigned Kind = 0;
9995         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
9996         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
9997         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
9998         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
9999         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
10000         Invalid = true;
10001 
10002       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
10003       // case here.
10004       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10005         unsigned Kind = 0;
10006         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
10007         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
10008           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
10009         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
10010         Invalid = true;
10011 
10012       // Otherwise, diagnose.
10013       } else {
10014         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
10015         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
10016         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
10017         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10018         Name = 0;
10019         Invalid = true;
10020       }
10021 
10022       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
10023       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
10024       Previous.clear();
10025     }
10026   }
10027 
10028 CreateNewDecl:
10029 
10030   TagDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
10031   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
10032     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
10033 
10034   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
10035   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
10036   // keyword.
10037   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
10038 
10039   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
10040   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
10041   // PrevDecl.
10042   TagDecl *New;
10043 
10044   bool IsForwardReference = false;
10045   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10046     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
10047     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
10048     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10049                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
10050                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
10051     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
10052     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
10053       TagDecl *Def;
10054       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
10055           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
10056         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
10057         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
10058       }
10059       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
10060         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
10061           << New;
10062         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
10063       } else {
10064         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
10065         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode)
10066           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
10067         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10068           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
10069         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
10070 
10071         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
10072         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
10073         // the declaration context.
10074         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
10075           IsForwardReference = true;
10076       }
10077     }
10078 
10079     if (EnumUnderlying) {
10080       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
10081       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
10082         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
10083       else
10084         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
10085       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
10086     }
10087 
10088   } else {
10089     // struct/union/class
10090 
10091     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
10092     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
10093     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10094       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
10095       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10096                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
10097 
10098       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
10099         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
10100     } else
10101       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
10102                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
10103   }
10104 
10105   // Maybe add qualifier info.
10106   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
10107     if (SS.isSet()) {
10108       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
10109       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
10110       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
10111       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
10112       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
10113       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
10114           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
10115           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
10116         Invalid = true;
10117 
10118       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
10119       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
10120         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
10121                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
10122                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
10123       }
10124     }
10125     else
10126       Invalid = true;
10127   }
10128 
10129   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
10130     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
10131     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
10132     //
10133     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
10134     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
10135     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
10136     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
10137     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
10138     // parsing of the struct).
10139     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
10140       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
10141       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
10142     }
10143   }
10144 
10145   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
10146     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
10147       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
10148         << 2
10149         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
10150     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
10151     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
10152     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
10153     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
10154       New->setModulePrivate();
10155   }
10156 
10157   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
10158   // check the specialization.
10159   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
10160     Invalid = true;
10161 
10162   if (Invalid)
10163     New->setInvalidDecl();
10164 
10165   if (Attr)
10166     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
10167 
10168   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope
10169   // in C, note that this type can only be used within the function.
10170   if (Name && S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
10171     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
10172 
10173   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
10174   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
10175   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
10176 
10177   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
10178   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
10179   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
10180   // the tag name visible.
10181   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
10182     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(/* PreviouslyDeclared = */ !Previous.empty() ||
10183                                getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt);
10184 
10185   // Set the access specifier.
10186   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
10187     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
10188 
10189   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
10190     New->startDefinition();
10191 
10192   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
10193   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10194     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
10195     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
10196     if (PrevDecl)
10197       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
10198 
10199     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
10200     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
10201     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
10202       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
10203         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
10204   } else if (Name) {
10205     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
10206     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
10207     if (IsForwardReference)
10208       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
10209 
10210   } else {
10211     CurContext->addDecl(New);
10212   }
10213 
10214   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
10215   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
10216     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
10217         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
10218         II->isStr("FILE"))
10219       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
10220 
10221   // If we were in function prototype scope (and not in C++ mode), add this
10222   // tag to the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
10223   if (S->isFunctionPrototypeScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10224       InFunctionDeclarator && Name)
10225     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
10226 
10227   if (PrevDecl)
10228     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
10229 
10230   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
10231   // record.
10232   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
10233 
10234   OwnedDecl = true;
10235   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
10236   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
10237   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? 0 : New;
10238 }
10239 
10240 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
10241   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
10242   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
10243 
10244   // Enter the tag context.
10245   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
10246 
10247   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
10248 
10249   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
10250   // record.
10251   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
10252 }
10253 
10254 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
10255   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
10256          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
10257   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
10258   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
10259       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
10260   CurContext = OCD;
10261   return IDecl;
10262 }
10263 
10264 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
10265                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
10266                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
10267   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
10268   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
10269 
10270   FieldCollector->StartClass();
10271 
10272   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
10273     return;
10274 
10275   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
10276     Record->addAttr(new (Context) FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context));
10277 
10278   // C++ [class]p2:
10279   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
10280   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
10281   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
10282   //   as if it were a public member name.
10283   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
10284     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
10285                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
10286                             Record->getIdentifier(),
10287                             /*PrevDecl=*/0,
10288                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
10289   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
10290   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
10291   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
10292   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
10293       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
10294   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
10295   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
10296          "Broken injected-class-name");
10297 }
10298 
10299 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
10300                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
10301   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
10302   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
10303   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
10304 
10305   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
10306   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
10307     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
10308     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
10309       RD->completeDefinition();
10310   }
10311 
10312   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
10313     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
10314 
10315   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
10316   PopDeclContext();
10317 
10318   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
10319       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
10320     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
10321 
10322   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
10323   Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
10324 }
10325 
10326 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
10327   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
10328   PopDeclContext();
10329 }
10330 
10331 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
10332   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
10333   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
10334   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
10335 }
10336 
10337 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
10338   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
10339   OriginalLexicalContext = 0;
10340 }
10341 
10342 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
10343   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
10344   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
10345   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
10346 
10347   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
10348   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
10349     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
10350       RD->completeDefinition();
10351   }
10352 
10353   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
10354   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
10355   // the FieldCollector.
10356 
10357   PopDeclContext();
10358 }
10359 
10360 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
10361 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
10362                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
10363                                 QualType FieldTy, Expr *BitWidth,
10364                                 bool *ZeroWidth) {
10365   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
10366   if (ZeroWidth)
10367     *ZeroWidth = true;
10368 
10369   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
10370   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
10371   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
10372     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
10373     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
10374       return ExprError();
10375     if (FieldName)
10376       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
10377         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
10378     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
10379       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
10380   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
10381                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
10382     return ExprError();
10383 
10384   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
10385   // it now.
10386   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
10387     return Owned(BitWidth);
10388 
10389   llvm::APSInt Value;
10390   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
10391   if (ICE.isInvalid())
10392     return ICE;
10393   BitWidth = ICE.take();
10394 
10395   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
10396     *ZeroWidth = false;
10397 
10398   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
10399   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
10400     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
10401 
10402   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
10403     if (FieldName)
10404       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
10405                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
10406     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
10407       << Value.toString(10);
10408   }
10409 
10410   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
10411     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
10412     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
10413       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10414         if (FieldName)
10415           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
10416             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
10417             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
10418 
10419         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
10420           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
10421       }
10422 
10423       if (FieldName)
10424         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
10425           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
10426           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
10427       else
10428         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
10429           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
10430     }
10431   }
10432 
10433   return Owned(BitWidth);
10434 }
10435 
10436 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
10437 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
10438 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
10439                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
10440   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
10441                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
10442                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
10443   return Res;
10444 }
10445 
10446 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
10447 ///
10448 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
10449                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
10450                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
10451                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
10452                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
10453   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
10454   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
10455   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
10456 
10457   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
10458   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
10459   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10460     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
10461 
10462     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
10463                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
10464       D.setInvalidType();
10465       T = Context.IntTy;
10466       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
10467     }
10468   }
10469 
10470   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
10471   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
10472     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
10473     D.setInvalidType();
10474   }
10475 
10476   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
10477   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
10478   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
10479     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
10480     D.setInvalidType();
10481   }
10482 
10483   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
10484 
10485   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
10486     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
10487          diag::err_invalid_thread)
10488       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
10489 
10490   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
10491   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = 0;
10492   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
10493   LookupName(Previous, S);
10494   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
10495     case LookupResult::Found:
10496     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
10497       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
10498       break;
10499 
10500     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
10501       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
10502       break;
10503 
10504     case LookupResult::NotFound:
10505     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
10506     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
10507       break;
10508   }
10509   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
10510 
10511   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
10512     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
10513     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
10514     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
10515     PrevDecl = 0;
10516   }
10517 
10518   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
10519     PrevDecl = 0;
10520 
10521   bool Mutable
10522     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
10523   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
10524   FieldDecl *NewFD
10525     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
10526                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
10527 
10528   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
10529     Record->setInvalidDecl();
10530 
10531   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
10532     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
10533 
10534   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
10535     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
10536     // with the same name in the same scope.
10537   } else if (II) {
10538     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
10539   } else
10540     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
10541 
10542   return NewFD;
10543 }
10544 
10545 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
10546 ///
10547 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
10548 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
10549 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
10550 /// created.
10551 ///
10552 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
10553 ///
10554 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
10555 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
10556                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
10557                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
10558                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
10559                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
10560                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
10561                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
10562                                 Declarator *D) {
10563   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
10564   bool InvalidDecl = false;
10565   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
10566 
10567   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
10568   // marking this declaration as invalid.
10569   if (T.isNull()) {
10570     InvalidDecl = true;
10571     T = Context.IntTy;
10572   }
10573 
10574   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
10575   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
10576     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
10577       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
10578       Record->setInvalidDecl();
10579       InvalidDecl = true;
10580     } else {
10581       NamedDecl *Def;
10582       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
10583       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
10584         Record->setInvalidDecl();
10585         InvalidDecl = true;
10586       }
10587     }
10588   }
10589 
10590   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
10591   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
10592     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
10593     InvalidDecl = true;
10594   }
10595 
10596   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
10597   // than a variably modified type.
10598   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
10599     bool SizeIsNegative;
10600     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
10601 
10602     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
10603       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
10604                                                     SizeIsNegative,
10605                                                     Oversized);
10606     if (FixedTInfo) {
10607       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
10608       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
10609       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
10610     } else {
10611       if (SizeIsNegative)
10612         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
10613       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
10614         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
10615           << Oversized.toString(10);
10616       else
10617         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
10618       InvalidDecl = true;
10619     }
10620   }
10621 
10622   // Fields can not have abstract class types
10623   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
10624                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
10625                                              AbstractFieldType))
10626     InvalidDecl = true;
10627 
10628   bool ZeroWidth = false;
10629   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
10630   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
10631     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth, &ZeroWidth).take();
10632     if (!BitWidth) {
10633       InvalidDecl = true;
10634       BitWidth = 0;
10635       ZeroWidth = false;
10636     }
10637   }
10638 
10639   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
10640   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
10641     unsigned DiagID = 0;
10642     if (T->isReferenceType())
10643       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
10644     else if (T.isConstQualified())
10645       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
10646 
10647     if (DiagID) {
10648       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
10649       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
10650         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
10651       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
10652       Mutable = false;
10653       InvalidDecl = true;
10654     }
10655   }
10656 
10657   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
10658                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
10659   if (InvalidDecl)
10660     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10661 
10662   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10663     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
10664     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10665     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10666   }
10667 
10668   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10669     if (Record->isUnion()) {
10670       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
10671         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
10672         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
10673           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
10674           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
10675           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
10676           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
10677           // objects.
10678           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
10679             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10680         }
10681       }
10682 
10683       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
10684       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
10685       // enabled.
10686       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
10687         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
10688                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
10689                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
10690           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
10691         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
10692           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10693       }
10694     }
10695   }
10696 
10697   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
10698   // representation, not a parser representation.
10699   if (D) {
10700     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
10701     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
10702 
10703     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
10704       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
10705   }
10706 
10707   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
10708   // retainable type.
10709   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
10710     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10711 
10712   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
10713     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
10714 
10715   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
10716   return NewFD;
10717 }
10718 
10719 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
10720   assert(FD);
10721   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
10722 
10723   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10724     return true;
10725 
10726   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
10727   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
10728     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
10729     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
10730       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
10731       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
10732       // copy constructors.
10733 
10734       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
10735       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
10736       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
10737       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
10738       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
10739       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
10740       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
10741         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
10742       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
10743         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
10744       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
10745         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
10746       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
10747         member = CXXDestructor;
10748 
10749       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
10750         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
10751             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
10752           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
10753           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
10754           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
10755           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
10756           // members unavailable.
10757           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
10758           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
10759             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
10760               FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(Loc, Context,
10761                                   "this system field has retaining ownership"));
10762             return false;
10763           }
10764         }
10765 
10766         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
10767                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
10768                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
10769           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
10770         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
10771         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
10772       }
10773     }
10774   }
10775 
10776   return false;
10777 }
10778 
10779 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
10780 ///  AST enum value.
10781 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
10782 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
10783   switch (ivarVisibility) {
10784   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
10785   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
10786   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
10787   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
10788   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
10789   }
10790 }
10791 
10792 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
10793 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
10794 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
10795                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
10796                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
10797                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
10798 
10799   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
10800   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
10801   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
10802   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
10803 
10804   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
10805   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
10806 
10807   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
10808   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
10809 
10810   if (BitWidth) {
10811     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
10812     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, BitWidth).take();
10813     if (!BitWidth)
10814       D.setInvalidType();
10815   } else {
10816     // Not a bitfield.
10817 
10818     // validate II.
10819 
10820   }
10821   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
10822     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
10823     D.setInvalidType();
10824   }
10825   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
10826   // than a variably modified type.
10827   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
10828     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
10829     D.setInvalidType();
10830   }
10831 
10832   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
10833   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
10834     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
10835                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
10836   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
10837   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
10838   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
10839     return 0;
10840   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
10841   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
10842       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10843     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
10844     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
10845       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
10846       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
10847     }
10848     else
10849       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
10850   } else {
10851     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
10852         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10853       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
10854         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
10855         return 0;
10856       }
10857     }
10858     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
10859   }
10860 
10861   // Construct the decl.
10862   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
10863                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
10864                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
10865 
10866   if (II) {
10867     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
10868                                            ForRedeclaration);
10869     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
10870         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
10871       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
10872       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10873       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
10874     }
10875   }
10876 
10877   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
10878   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
10879 
10880   if (D.isInvalidType())
10881     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
10882 
10883   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
10884   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
10885     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
10886 
10887   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
10888     NewID->setModulePrivate();
10889 
10890   if (II) {
10891     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
10892     // these to the interface.
10893     S->AddDecl(NewID);
10894     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
10895   }
10896 
10897   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
10898       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
10899     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
10900 
10901   return NewID;
10902 }
10903 
10904 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
10905 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
10906 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
10907 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
10908 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
10909                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
10910   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
10911     return;
10912 
10913   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
10914   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
10915 
10916   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
10917     return;
10918   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
10919   if (!ID) {
10920     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
10921       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
10922         return;
10923     }
10924     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
10925     else
10926       return;
10927   }
10928   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
10929   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
10930   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
10931 
10932   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
10933                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, 0,
10934                               Context.CharTy,
10935                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
10936                                                                DeclLoc),
10937                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
10938                               true);
10939   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
10940 }
10941 
10942 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope* S,
10943                        SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
10944                        llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
10945                        SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
10946                        AttributeList *Attr) {
10947   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
10948 
10949   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
10950   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
10951   // it will now change.
10952   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
10953     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
10954     switch (DC->getKind()) {
10955     default: break;
10956     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
10957       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
10958       break;
10959     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
10960       Context.
10961         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
10962       break;
10963     }
10964   }
10965 
10966   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
10967 
10968   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
10969   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
10970   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
10971   if (Record) {
10972     for (RecordDecl::decl_iterator i = Record->decls_begin(),
10973                                    e = Record->decls_end(); i != e; i++) {
10974       if (IndirectFieldDecl *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(*i))
10975         if (IFD->getDeclName())
10976           ++NumNamedMembers;
10977     }
10978   }
10979 
10980   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
10981   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
10982 
10983   bool ARCErrReported = false;
10984   for (llvm::ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
10985        i != end; ++i) {
10986     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
10987 
10988     // Get the type for the field.
10989     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
10990 
10991     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
10992       // Remember all fields written by the user.
10993       RecFields.push_back(FD);
10994     }
10995 
10996     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
10997     // diagnostics about it.
10998     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10999       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11000       continue;
11001     }
11002 
11003     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
11004     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
11005     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
11006     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
11007     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
11008     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
11009     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
11010     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
11011     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
11012     //   array.
11013     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
11014       // Field declared as a function.
11015       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
11016         << FD->getDeclName();
11017       FD->setInvalidDecl();
11018       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11019       continue;
11020     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
11021                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
11022                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
11023                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
11024                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
11025       // Flexible array member.
11026       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
11027       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
11028       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
11029       if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
11030         if (Record->isUnion())
11031           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms)
11032             << FD->getDeclName();
11033         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
11034           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms)
11035             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
11036       } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11037         if (Record->isUnion())
11038           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
11039             << FD->getDeclName();
11040         else if (Fields.size() == 1)
11041           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu)
11042             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
11043       } else if (!getLangOpts().C99) {
11044       if (Record->isUnion())
11045         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu)
11046           << FD->getDeclName();
11047       else
11048         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
11049           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
11050       } else if (NumNamedMembers < 1) {
11051         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_empty_struct)
11052           << FD->getDeclName();
11053         FD->setInvalidDecl();
11054         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11055         continue;
11056       }
11057       if (!FD->getType()->isDependentType() &&
11058           !Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()).isPODType(Context)) {
11059         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nonpod_type)
11060           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
11061         FD->setInvalidDecl();
11062         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11063         continue;
11064       }
11065       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
11066       if (Record)
11067         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11068     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
11069                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
11070                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
11071       // Incomplete type
11072       FD->setInvalidDecl();
11073       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11074       continue;
11075     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
11076       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
11077         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
11078         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
11079           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11080         } else {
11081           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
11082           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
11083           // structures.
11084           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
11085             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
11086               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
11087           else {
11088             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
11089             // other structs as an extension.
11090             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
11091               << FD->getDeclName();
11092             if (Record)
11093               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
11094           }
11095         }
11096       }
11097       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
11098           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
11099                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11100                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
11101         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
11102         FD->setInvalidDecl();
11103       }
11104       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
11105         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
11106       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
11107         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
11108     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
11109       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
11110       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
11111         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
11112       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
11113       FD->setType(T);
11114     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
11115                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
11116       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
11117       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
11118       // so we just make the field unavailable.
11119       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
11120       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
11121       QualType T = FD->getType();
11122       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
11123       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
11124         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
11125         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
11126           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
11127             FD->addAttr(new (Context) UnavailableAttr(loc, Context,
11128                               "this system field has retaining ownership"));
11129           }
11130         } else {
11131           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
11132             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
11133         }
11134         ARCErrReported = true;
11135       }
11136     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
11137                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
11138                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
11139       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
11140           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
11141         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
11142       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
11143         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
11144         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
11145             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
11146           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
11147         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
11148                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
11149                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
11150       }
11151     }
11152     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
11153       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
11154     // Keep track of the number of named members.
11155     if (FD->getIdentifier())
11156       ++NumNamedMembers;
11157   }
11158 
11159   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
11160   if (Record) {
11161     bool Completed = false;
11162     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
11163       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
11164         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
11165         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
11166                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
11167                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
11168           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
11169 
11170         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
11171           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
11172             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
11173             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
11174               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
11175                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
11176 
11177             // The Microsoft ABI requires that we perform the destructor body
11178             // checks (i.e. operator delete() lookup) at every declaration, as
11179             // any translation unit may need to emit a deleting destructor.
11180             if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft())
11181               CheckDestructor(CXXRecord->getDestructor());
11182           }
11183 
11184           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
11185           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
11186 
11187           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
11188           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
11189           // problem now.
11190           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
11191             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
11192             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
11193 
11194             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
11195                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
11196                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
11197               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
11198                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
11199                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
11200                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
11201                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
11202                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
11203                   continue;
11204 
11205                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
11206                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
11207                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
11208                 //   program is ill-formed.
11209                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
11210                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
11211                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
11212                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
11213                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
11214                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
11215                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
11216                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
11217                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
11218                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
11219 
11220                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
11221               }
11222             }
11223             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
11224             Completed = true;
11225           }
11226         }
11227       }
11228     }
11229 
11230     if (!Completed)
11231       Record->completeDefinition();
11232 
11233     if (Record->hasAttrs())
11234       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
11235 
11236     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a language extension.
11237     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11238       bool ZeroSize = true;
11239       bool UnnamedOnly = true;
11240       unsigned UnnamedCnt = 0;
11241       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
11242                                       E = Record->field_end(); UnnamedOnly && I != E; ++I) {
11243         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
11244           UnnamedCnt++;
11245           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
11246             ZeroSize = false;
11247         } else {
11248           UnnamedOnly = ZeroSize = false;
11249         }
11250       }
11251 
11252       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), but are allowed in
11253       // C++.
11254       if (ZeroSize) {
11255         if (UnnamedCnt == 0)
11256           Diag(RecLoc, diag::warn_empty_struct_union_compat) << Record->isUnion();
11257         else
11258           Diag(RecLoc, diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) << Record->isUnion();
11259       }
11260 
11261       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), but
11262       // are accepted by GCC.
11263       if (UnnamedOnly) {
11264         if (UnnamedCnt == 0)
11265           Diag(RecLoc, diag::ext_empty_struct_union) << Record->isUnion();
11266         else
11267           Diag(RecLoc, diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) << Record->isUnion();
11268       }
11269     }
11270   } else {
11271     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
11272       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
11273     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11274       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
11275       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
11276       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11277         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
11278         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
11279       }
11280       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
11281       // duplicates.
11282       if (ID->getSuperClass())
11283         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
11284     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
11285                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11286       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
11287       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
11288         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
11289         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
11290         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
11291       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
11292       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
11293       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
11294     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
11295                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
11296       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
11297       // reported as errors elsewhere.
11298       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
11299       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
11300       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
11301       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
11302       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
11303       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11304         if (IDecl) {
11305           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
11306               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
11307             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
11308                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
11309             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11310             continue;
11311           }
11312           for (ObjCInterfaceDecl::known_extensions_iterator
11313                  Ext = IDecl->known_extensions_begin(),
11314                  ExtEnd = IDecl->known_extensions_end();
11315                Ext != ExtEnd; ++Ext) {
11316             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
11317                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
11318               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
11319                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
11320               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11321               continue;
11322             }
11323           }
11324         }
11325         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
11326         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
11327       }
11328       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
11329       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
11330     }
11331   }
11332 
11333   if (Attr)
11334     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
11335 }
11336 
11337 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
11338 /// the given type T.
11339 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
11340                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
11341                                         QualType T) {
11342   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
11343   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
11344 
11345   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
11346     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
11347       --BitWidth;
11348     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
11349   }
11350   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
11351 }
11352 
11353 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
11354 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
11355 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
11356   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
11357   // enum checking below.
11358   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
11359   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
11360   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
11361     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
11362   };
11363   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
11364     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
11365     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
11366   };
11367 
11368   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
11369   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
11370                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
11371   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
11372     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
11373       return Types[I];
11374 
11375   return QualType();
11376 }
11377 
11378 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
11379                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
11380                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
11381                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
11382                                           Expr *Val) {
11383   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
11384   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
11385   QualType EltTy;
11386 
11387   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
11388     Val = 0;
11389 
11390   if (Val)
11391     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).take();
11392 
11393   if (Val) {
11394     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
11395       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
11396     else {
11397       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
11398       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
11399           !getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
11400         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
11401         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
11402         // constant expression of the underlying type.
11403         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
11404         ExprResult Converted =
11405           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
11406                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
11407         if (Converted.isInvalid())
11408           Val = 0;
11409         else
11410           Val = Converted.take();
11411       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
11412                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
11413                                                          &EnumVal).take())) {
11414         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
11415       } else {
11416         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
11417           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
11418 
11419           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
11420           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
11421           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
11422           // expression checking.
11423           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
11424             if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftMode) {
11425               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
11426               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
11427             } else
11428               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
11429           } else
11430             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
11431         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11432           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
11433           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
11434           //   is the type of its initializing value:
11435           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
11436           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
11437           EltTy = Val->getType();
11438         } else {
11439           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
11440           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
11441           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
11442           //   representable as an int.
11443 
11444           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
11445           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
11446             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
11447               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
11448               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
11449           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
11450             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
11451             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).take();
11452           }
11453           EltTy = Val->getType();
11454         }
11455       }
11456     }
11457   }
11458 
11459   if (!Val) {
11460     if (Enum->isDependentType())
11461       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
11462     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
11463       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
11464       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
11465       //   is the type of its initializing value:
11466       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
11467       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
11468       //
11469       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
11470       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
11471       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
11472         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
11473       }
11474       else {
11475         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
11476       }
11477     } else {
11478       // Assign the last value + 1.
11479       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
11480       ++EnumVal;
11481       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
11482 
11483       // Check for overflow on increment.
11484       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
11485         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
11486         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
11487         //   is the type of its initializing value:
11488         //
11489         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
11490         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
11491         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
11492         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
11493         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
11494         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
11495         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
11496         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
11497           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
11498           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
11499           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
11500           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
11501           ++EnumVal;
11502           if (Enum->isFixed())
11503             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
11504             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
11505               << EnumVal.toString(10)
11506               << EltTy;
11507           else
11508             Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enumerator_too_large)
11509               << EnumVal.toString(10);
11510         } else {
11511           EltTy = T;
11512         }
11513 
11514         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
11515         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
11516         // value, then increment.
11517         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
11518         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
11519         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
11520         ++EnumVal;
11521 
11522         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
11523         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
11524         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
11525         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
11526         // integral type.
11527         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
11528           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
11529       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11530                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
11531         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
11532         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
11533           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
11534       }
11535     }
11536   }
11537 
11538   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
11539     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
11540     // enumerator's type.
11541     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
11542     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
11543   }
11544 
11545   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
11546                                   Val, EnumVal);
11547 }
11548 
11549 
11550 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
11551                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
11552                               AttributeList *Attr,
11553                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
11554   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
11555   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
11556     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
11557 
11558   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
11559   // we find one that is.
11560   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
11561 
11562   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
11563   // scope.
11564   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
11565                                          ForRedeclaration);
11566   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
11567     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11568     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
11569     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11570     PrevDecl = 0;
11571   }
11572 
11573   if (PrevDecl) {
11574     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
11575     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
11576     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
11577            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
11578     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
11579       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
11580         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
11581       else
11582         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
11583       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11584       return 0;
11585     }
11586   }
11587 
11588   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
11589   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
11590   // different from T:
11591   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
11592   // enumerated type
11593   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
11594                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
11595                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
11596     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
11597         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
11598       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
11599 
11600   EnumConstantDecl *New =
11601     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
11602 
11603   if (New) {
11604     // Process attributes.
11605     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
11606 
11607     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
11608     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
11609     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
11610   }
11611 
11612   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
11613 
11614   return New;
11615 }
11616 
11617 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
11618 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
11619 // Element2 = Element1
11620 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
11621 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
11622 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
11623 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
11624   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
11625   if (!InitExpr)
11626     return true;
11627   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
11628 
11629   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
11630     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
11631       return true;
11632     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
11633     if (!IL)
11634       return true;
11635     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
11636       return true;
11637 
11638     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
11639   }
11640 
11641   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
11642   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
11643   if (!DRE)
11644     return true;
11645 
11646   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
11647   if (!EnumConstant)
11648     return true;
11649 
11650   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
11651       Enum)
11652     return true;
11653 
11654   return false;
11655 }
11656 
11657 struct DupKey {
11658   int64_t val;
11659   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
11660   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
11661     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
11662 };
11663 
11664 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
11665   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
11666                 false);
11667 }
11668 
11669 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
11670   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
11671   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
11672   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
11673     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
11674   }
11675   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
11676     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
11677            LHS.val == RHS.val;
11678   }
11679 };
11680 
11681 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
11682 // a previous element has already been set to.
11683 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
11684                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
11685                                         QualType EnumType) {
11686   if (S.Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values,
11687                                  Enum->getLocation()) ==
11688       DiagnosticsEngine::Ignored)
11689     return;
11690   // Avoid anonymous enums
11691   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
11692     return;
11693 
11694   // Only check for small enums.
11695   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
11696     return;
11697 
11698   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
11699   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
11700 
11701   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
11702   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
11703           ValueToVectorMap;
11704 
11705   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
11706   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
11707 
11708   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
11709   // an initialier.
11710   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11711     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
11712 
11713     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
11714     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
11715     if (!ECD) {
11716       return;
11717     }
11718 
11719     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
11720       continue;
11721 
11722     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
11723     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
11724 
11725     // First time encountering this value.
11726     if (Entry.isNull())
11727       Entry = ECD;
11728   }
11729 
11730   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
11731   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11732     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
11733     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
11734       continue;
11735 
11736     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
11737 
11738     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
11739     if (Entry.isNull())
11740       continue;
11741 
11742     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
11743       // Ensure constants are different.
11744       if (D == ECD)
11745         continue;
11746 
11747       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
11748       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
11749       Vec->push_back(D);
11750       Vec->push_back(ECD);
11751 
11752       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
11753       Entry = Vec;
11754 
11755       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
11756       // diagnostics.
11757       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
11758       continue;
11759     }
11760 
11761     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
11762     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
11763     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
11764       continue;
11765 
11766     Vec->push_back(ECD);
11767   }
11768 
11769   // Emit diagnostics.
11770   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
11771                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
11772        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
11773     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
11774     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
11775 
11776     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
11777     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
11778     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
11779       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
11780       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
11781     ++I;
11782 
11783     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
11784     // the same value.
11785     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
11786       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
11787         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
11788         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
11789     delete Vec;
11790   }
11791 }
11792 
11793 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
11794                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
11795                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
11796                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
11797   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
11798   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
11799 
11800   if (Attr)
11801     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
11802 
11803   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
11804     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11805       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
11806         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
11807       if (!ECD) continue;
11808 
11809       ECD->setType(EnumType);
11810     }
11811 
11812     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
11813     return;
11814   }
11815 
11816   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
11817   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
11818   // emit a warning.
11819   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
11820   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
11821   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
11822 
11823   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
11824   // reverse the list.
11825   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
11826   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
11827 
11828   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
11829   bool AllElementsInt = true;
11830 
11831   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11832     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
11833       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
11834     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
11835 
11836     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
11837 
11838     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
11839     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
11840       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
11841                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
11842     else
11843       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
11844                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
11845 
11846     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
11847     if (AllElementsInt)
11848       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
11849   }
11850 
11851   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
11852   QualType BestType;
11853   unsigned BestWidth;
11854 
11855   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
11856   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
11857   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
11858   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
11859   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
11860   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
11861   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
11862   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
11863   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
11864   QualType BestPromotionType;
11865 
11866   bool Packed = Enum->getAttr<PackedAttr>() ? true : false;
11867   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
11868   // enum definitions.
11869   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
11870     Packed = true;
11871 
11872   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
11873     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
11874     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
11875       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
11876     else
11877       BestPromotionType = BestType;
11878     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
11879     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
11880     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
11881     BestWidth = CharWidth;
11882   }
11883   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
11884     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
11885     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
11886     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
11887     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
11888       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
11889       BestWidth = CharWidth;
11890     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
11891                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
11892       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
11893       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
11894     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
11895       BestType = Context.IntTy;
11896       BestWidth = IntWidth;
11897     } else {
11898       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
11899 
11900       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
11901         BestType = Context.LongTy;
11902       } else {
11903         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
11904 
11905         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
11906           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::warn_enum_too_large);
11907         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
11908       }
11909     }
11910     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
11911   } else {
11912     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
11913     // all of the enumerator values.
11914     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
11915     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
11916       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
11917       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
11918       BestWidth = CharWidth;
11919     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
11920       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
11921       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
11922       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
11923     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
11924       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
11925       BestWidth = IntWidth;
11926       BestPromotionType
11927         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11928                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
11929     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
11930                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
11931       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
11932       BestPromotionType
11933         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11934                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
11935     } else {
11936       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
11937       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
11938              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
11939       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
11940       BestPromotionType
11941         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11942                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
11943     }
11944   }
11945 
11946   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
11947   // the type of the enum if needed.
11948   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
11949     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
11950     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
11951 
11952     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
11953     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
11954     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
11955     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
11956     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
11957 
11958     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
11959     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
11960 
11961     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
11962     // the enum decl type.
11963     QualType NewTy;
11964     unsigned NewWidth;
11965     bool NewSign;
11966     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11967         !Enum->isFixed() &&
11968         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
11969       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
11970       NewWidth = IntWidth;
11971       NewSign = true;
11972     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
11973       // Already the right type!
11974       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11975         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
11976         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
11977         // enumeration.
11978         ECD->setType(EnumType);
11979       continue;
11980     } else {
11981       NewTy = BestType;
11982       NewWidth = BestWidth;
11983       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
11984     }
11985 
11986     // Adjust the APSInt value.
11987     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
11988     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
11989     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
11990 
11991     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
11992     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
11993         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
11994       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
11995                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
11996                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
11997                                                 /*base paths*/ 0,
11998                                                 VK_RValue));
11999     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12000       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
12001       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
12002       // enumeration.
12003       ECD->setType(EnumType);
12004     else
12005       ECD->setType(NewTy);
12006   }
12007 
12008   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
12009                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
12010 
12011   // If we're declaring a function, ensure this decl isn't forgotten about -
12012   // it needs to go into the function scope.
12013   if (InFunctionDeclarator)
12014     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(Enum);
12015 
12016   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
12017 
12018   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
12019   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
12020     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
12021 }
12022 
12023 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
12024                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
12025                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
12026   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
12027 
12028   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
12029                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
12030                                                    EndLoc);
12031   CurContext->addDecl(New);
12032   return New;
12033 }
12034 
12035 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
12036                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
12037                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
12038   Module *Mod = PP.getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path,
12039                                                 Module::AllVisible,
12040                                                 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
12041   if (!Mod)
12042     return true;
12043 
12044   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
12045   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
12046   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
12047     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
12048     // We need the length to be consistent.
12049     if (!ModCheck)
12050       break;
12051     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
12052 
12053     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
12054   }
12055 
12056   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
12057                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
12058                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
12059                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
12060   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
12061   return Import;
12062 }
12063 
12064 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImport(SourceLocation Loc, Module *Mod) {
12065   // Create the implicit import declaration.
12066   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
12067   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
12068                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
12069   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
12070   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
12071 
12072   // Make the module visible.
12073   PP.getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc,
12074                                          /*Complain=*/false);
12075 }
12076 
12077 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
12078                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
12079                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
12080                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
12081                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
12082   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
12083                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
12084   AsmLabelAttr *Attr =
12085      ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, AliasName->getName());
12086 
12087   if (PrevDecl)
12088     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
12089   else
12090     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
12091       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
12092 }
12093 
12094 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
12095                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
12096                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
12097   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
12098 
12099   if (PrevDecl) {
12100     PrevDecl->addAttr(::new (Context) WeakAttr(PragmaLoc, Context));
12101   } else {
12102     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
12103       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
12104         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)0, NameLoc)));
12105   }
12106 }
12107 
12108 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
12109                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
12110                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
12111                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
12112                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
12113   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
12114                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
12115   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
12116 
12117   if (PrevDecl) {
12118     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
12119       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
12120         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
12121   } else {
12122     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
12123       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
12124   }
12125 }
12126 
12127 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
12128   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
12129 }
12130 
12131 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
12132   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
12133   return D->getAvailability();
12134 }
12135